10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number: 000-18805

ELECTRONICS FOR IMAGING, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	94-3086355
(State or other Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
303 Velocity Way, Foster City, CA 94404
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(650) 357-3500

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class	Name of Exchange on which Registered
Common Stock, $.01 Par Value	The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Large accelerated filer  x	Accelerated filer                     ¨
Non-accelerated filer    ¨	Smaller reporting company    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant computed by reference to the price at which the common stock was last sold on June 30, 2008 was $501,165,265.** The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock, $.01 par value per share, as of February 20, 2009 was 51,813,888.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.

** Based upon the last trade price of the Common Stock reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on June 30, 2008, the last business day of the registrant’s second quarter of the 2008 fiscal year. Excludes approximately 18,179,704 shares of common stock held by directors, executive officers and holders known to the registrant to hold 10% or more of the registrant’s outstanding Common Stock in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of executive officer or affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes. Exclusion of shares held by any person should not be construed to indicate that such person possesses the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the registrant, or that such person is controlled by or under common control with the registrant.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I
ITEM 1	Business	1
ITEM 1A	Risk Factors	12
ITEM 1B	Unresolved Staff Comments	26
ITEM 2	Properties	26
ITEM 3	Legal Proceedings	27
ITEM 4	Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders	29
PART II
ITEM 5	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	30
ITEM 6	Selected Financial Data	33
ITEM 7	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	34
ITEM 7A	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	55
ITEM 8	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	57
ITEM 9	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	101
ITEM 9A	Controls and Procedures	101
ITEM 9B	Other Information	101
PART III
ITEM 10	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	102
ITEM 11	Executive Compensation	102
ITEM 12	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	102
ITEM 13	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	103
ITEM 14	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	103
PART IV
ITEM 15	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 10-K	104
SIGNATURES		109
EXHIBIT INDEX
EXHIBIT 10.32
EXHIBIT 12.1
EXHIBIT 21
EXHIBIT 23.1
EXHIBIT 31.1
EXHIBIT 31.2
EXHIBIT 32.1

PART I

This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes certain registered trademarks, trademarks, and trade names of Electronics For Imaging, Inc., its subsidiaries (collectively, “EFI” or the “Company”) and others. Digital StoreFront, DocStream, Electronics For Imaging, Fiery, Inkware, Jetrion, and VUTEk are registered trademarks of the Company. EFI, the Fiery Prints logo, Hagen, Logic, Monarch, Pace, PrintSmith, and Rastek, are trademarks of the Company. All other terms and product names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners, and are hereby acknowledged.

Certain of the information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including without limitation, statements made under this Part I, Item 1 “Business” and Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” which are not historical facts, may include “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”) and is subject to risks and uncertainties and actual results or events may differ materially. When used herein, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “will,” “may,” “should,” “plan,” “potential,” “seek,” “continue” and similar expressions as they relate to the Company or its management are intended to identify such statements as “forward-looking statements.” Such statements reflect the current views of the Company and its management with respect to future events and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, the Company’s actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from the results expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from those included in the forward-looking statements made herein include, without limitation, those factors discussed in Item 1 “Business,” in Item 1A “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in the Company’s other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), including the Company’s most recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments thereto. The Company assumes no obligation to revise or update these forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, events or changes in factors or assumptions affecting such forward-looking statements.

Item 1: Business

Filings

We file annual reports, quarterly reports, proxy statements and other documents with the SEC under the Exchange Act. The public may read and copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at Room 1580, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Also, the SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers, including EFI, that file electronically with the SEC. The public can obtain any documents that we file with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.

We also make available free of charge through our Internet website (http://www.efi.com) our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and, if applicable, amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC.

General

EFI was incorporated in Delaware in 1988 and commenced operations in 1989. In 1992, we made our initial public offering of common stock. Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol EFII. Our corporate offices are located at 303 Velocity Way, Foster City, California 94404.

1

We are the world leader in color digital print controllers, super-wide format printers and inks and print management solutions. Our award-winning solutions, integrated from creation to print, deliver increased performance, cost savings and productivity. Our robust product portfolio includes Fiery digital color print servers, VUTEk super-wide digital inkjet printers, UV and solvent inks, Jetrion industrial inkjet printing systems, Rastek wide-format digital inkjet printers, print production workflow and management information software, and corporate printing solutions. Our integrated solutions and award-winning technologies are designed to automate print and business processes, streamline workflow, provide profitable value-added services and produce accurate digital output.

Products and Services

Controllers

Headlined by EFI’s flagship Fiery brand, our controller technologies transform digital copiers and printers into networked printing devices. Once networked, EFI-powered printers and copiers can be shared across workgroups, departments, the enterprise and the Internet to quickly and economically produce high-quality color and black & white documents. Our color digital print controllers provide solutions for a broad range of the printing market—from entry-level desktop printers to production-level digital copiers. Our color digital print controller line of products is sold to original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) for sale to customers, and consists of: (i) stand-alone print controllers which are connected to digital copiers and other peripheral devices and (ii) embedded and design-licensed solutions which are used in digital copiers, desktop laser printers and multifunctional devices.

Our main controller platforms, primary OEMs and user environments are as follows:

Platform	Primary OEM	User environment
Fiery external print servers	Canon, Fuji Xerox, IKON, Konica Minolta, OKI Data, Ricoh, Sharp, Toshiba, Xerox	Print for Pay, Corporate Reprographic Departments, Graphic Arts, Advertising Agencies, Transactional Printers, Commercial Printers
Fiery embedded servers (boards and chipsets)	Canon, Fuji Xerox, IKON, Konica Minolta, OKI Data, Ricoh, Sharp, Toshiba, Xerox	Office Environments
Splash	Xerox	Graphic Arts, Advertising Agencies
MicroPress	Canon, Danka, IKON, Konica Minolta, Ricoh	Corporate Reprographic Departments, Commercial Printers

Inkjet Products—Vutek, Jetrion, and Rastek (“Inkjet”)

Vutek. Our industry-leading VUTEk super-wide format digital inkjet printers and inks are used by billboard graphics printers, commercial photo labs, large sign shops, graphic screen printers and digital graphics providers to print billboards, building wraps, banners, art exhibits, point of purchase signage and other large displays. VUTEk printers are divided into two categories, printers using solvent inks and printers using ultra violet (“UV”) curable inks. In 2007, we introduced a new addition to our QS series of high-speed, high-resolution super-wide printers. This new printer can accommodate high-volume and flexible substrates.

2

Some of our more popular printers and features are as follows:

Printer Type	Models	Capabilities	Applications
Solvent	UltraVU Series VUTEk 3360	Printing widths of 1.5 to 5.0 meters; 4, 6, and 8 colors; Flexible substrates	Banners, Billboards, Signage, Building Wraps, and Flags
UV	PressVu Series QS Series	Printing widths up to 2.0 to 3.2 meters; 4, 6, and 7 colors; Flexible and rigid substrates; UV curable inks	Point of purchase and exhibition signage, Backlit displays, and Photo-quality graphics
Jetrion	4000 Series	Print resolutions up to 1000dpi; 4 or 6 colors; Precise color-color registration	Primary and secondary label applications, Industrial label or flexible packaging markets
Rastek	H700 UV Hybrid Flatbed	Speeds up to 24 square meters per hour and up to 1,200dpi; Handles media of thicknesses up to 5 centimeters	Indoor and outdoor graphics with photographic image quality

Jetrion. Our Jetrion products specialize in digital printing and provide a wide array of industrial inkjet systems, custom high-performance integration solutions, and specialty inks to the converting, packaging and direct mail industries. In 2008, we launched our Jetrion 4000 Full Color Digital Label printer focused on short run, on-demand, color label printing. We also manufacture the inks used in our inkjet printers. Each of our inks is customized for each of our printers to provide optimum performance on that printer. In addition, we manufacture and sell private label inks to third-party inkjet printer manufacturers. Our inks provide a renewable revenue stream generated from sales to our existing customer base as well as sales to third parties.

Rastek. To further expand our current market segment and Inkjet line of products, we acquired Raster Printers, Inc. (“Raster”) on December 2, 2008, which was re-branded as Rastek post-acquisition. Rastek develops, manufacturers, and markets Hybrid and Flatbed UV wide format graphics printers in the mid-range market sector.

Advanced Professional Print Software (“APPS”)

To provide our customers with print solutions, we have developed technology that enhances printing workflow and makes printing operations more powerful, productive and easier to manage from one centralized user interface. Most of our software solutions have been developed with the express goal of automating print processes and streamlining workflow via open, integrated and interoperable EFI products, services and solutions.

Our enterprise resource planning and collaborative supply chain software print management solutions are designed to enable printers and print buyers to improve productivity and customer service while reducing costs. Procurement applications for print buyers and print producers facilitate web-based collaboration across the print supply chain. Customers recognize that print management information systems, or PMIS, are essential to improving their business practices and profitability and we are continuing to focus on making our PMIS solutions the global industry standard. To further strengthen our APPS business, we acquired Pace Systems Group, Inc. (“Pace”) on July 28, 2008. Pace is a print management software company which provides practical PMIS and e-commerce solutions that make printing and graphic art companies more efficient and profitable. This product is scalable and caters to many types of commercial print shops.

3

Our software offerings currently include:

Product Name	Description	User
Proofing software: ColorProof XF and Fiery XF	Digital color proofing and Inkjet production print solutions offering fast, flexible workflow, power, and expandability	Digital, commercial and hybrid printers, prepress providers, publishers, creative agencies and photographers, and super wide & wide format print providers
Print management information systems: EFI Monarch (previously Hagen), EFI Logic, EFI PSI, EFI PrintSmith, Prograph and PrintFlow	Collect, organize, and present critical information to improve process control and profit potential	Commercial, publishing, digital, in-plant, print for pay, large format and specialty printers
Web-based order entry and order management systems: Digital StoreFront and PrinterSite	Web interface to manage print transactions between customer and printer	Commercial, publishing, digital, in-plant, print for pay, large format and specialty printers
Web-based print management system: EFI Pace	Software modules for: estimating, scheduling, print production, accounting, and e-commerce	Commercial, publishing

Growth and Expansion Strategies

Our overall objective is to continue to introduce new generations of digital print controllers as well as expand and improve our offerings in inkjet, professional printing software applications, and in other new product lines related to digital printing, workflow and print management. With respect to our current products, our primary goal is to offer best of breed solutions that are interoperable and conform to open standards, which will allow customers to configure the most efficient solution for their business. Our strategy to accomplish these goals consists of four key elements: proliferate and expand product lines; develop and expand relationships with key industry participants; establish enterprise coherence and leverage industry standardization; and leverage technology and industry expertise to expand the scope of products, channels and markets. Each of these items is discussed below.

Proliferate and Expand Product Lines

We intend to continue to develop new digital print controllers that are “scalable,” meaning products that continue to meet the changing needs of the user as their business grows. Our products offer a broad range of features and functionality when connected to, or integrated with, digital color and black-and-white copiers, as well as desktop color laser printers.

We intend to continue our development of platform enhancements that advance the performance and usability of our software applications in order to provide cohesive, integrated solutions for our customers.

In 2007, we introduced the next generation of our Fiery hardware along with a number of new enhanced workflow and production management applications. These new products are designed to provide customers with optimal print engine performance, more efficient workflow, more accurate color and greater control over and visibility into their businesses. In 2008, we expanded our application software on our Fiery products to include Fiery Central, a new, modular production workflow solution designed to further optimize engine performance and ensure total color quality control in the color printing workflow for graphic arts professionals.

Our expansion of product lines includes those from our Jetrion business unit, a leading innovator of inkjet printers, inks and custom printing systems for the label and packaging industries. In 2008, we launched our Jetrion 4000 digital label printing system. This new printer produces full color, variable image labels up to 5.5 inches wide across a broad array of substrates.

4

In 2007, we introduced a new VUTEk super-wide UV curing printer. The new 3.2 meter QS3200r provides the production speed, quality and extended flexible media capabilities necessary to better enable our customers to meet and profit from the growing needs of their customers. The QS3200r caters to sign shops, screen printers, and print providers looking to complement or replace existing solvent or UV output. In 2008, we continued to widen EFI’s offering in the market with the introduction of the new Vutek DS8300 inkjet printer at the 2008 DRUPA trade show in Germany, and is expected to be launched in 2009. We also continue to explore acquisition possibilities as a way to expand our product lineup and customer base. Although there can be no assurance that acquisitions will be successful, acquisitions have allowed us to broaden our product lines.

Develop and Expand Relationships with Key Industry Participants

Our customer relationships are one of our most important assets. We have established relationships with leading printer and copier industry companies, including Canon, Fuji Xerox, Konica Minolta, OKI Data, Ricoh, Sharp, Toshiba and Xerox, which we collectively refer to as our OEM customers.

Our relationships with our OEM customers are based upon business relationships we have established over time. However, our agreements with such OEM customers generally do not require them to make any future purchases from us, and our OEM customers are generally free to purchase products from our competitors or build their own and cease purchasing our products at any time, for any reason or no reason.

Our Inkjet products and our Advanced Professional Print Software are sold both direct and via distribution arrangements to all sizes of print providers.

Additionally, we have established relationships with many leading distribution companies in the office, graphic arts and commercial print industries such as IKON, Fujifilm Graphic Systems, Pitman, Nazdar and 3M. We seek to establish new relationships in pursuit of the goal of offering our controller line of products as well as our software technology for optimizing the management and creation of documents in a variety of print environments.

We also have established relationships with many of the leading print providers globally, such as R.R. Donnelley, Fedex Kinkos, Quebecor, and Staples. These direct sales relationships, along with dealer arrangements, are important for our understanding of the end markets for our products and serve as a source of future product development ideas. In many cases our products are customized for the needs of large customers yet maintain the common intuitive interfaces that EFI is known for around the world.

Establish Enterprise Coherence and Leverage Industry Standardization

In our development of new products and platforms, we seek to establish coherence across our entire product line by designing products that provide a consistent “look and feel” to the end-user. We believe cross-product coherence can create higher productivity levels as a result of shortened learning curves. Additionally, we believe the integrated coherence that end-users can achieve using EFI products for all of their digital printing and imaging needs leads to a lower total cost of ownership. We also advocate open architecture utilizing industry-established standards to provide inter-operability across a range of digital printing devices and software applications, ultimately providing end-users more choice and flexibility in their selection of products. For example in 2007, we introduced integration between our web-based Digital StoreFront application, our Monarch OA (formerly Hagen) print MIS application, and our Fiery XF Production Color RIP including integration to either our Fiery or our VUTEk product line, leveraging the industry standard Job Definition Format (“JDF”). In 2008, we introduced a similar integration between Pace and our APPS products.

Leverage Technology and Industry Expertise to Expand the Scope of Products, Channels and Markets

We have assembled, organically and through acquisitions, an experienced team of technical support and sales and marketing personnel with backgrounds in color reproduction, digital pre-press, image processing, management

5

information systems, networking and software and hardware engineering as well as market knowledge of enterprise printing, graphic arts and commercial printing. By applying our expertise in these areas, we expect to continue to expand the scope and sophistication of our products and gain access to new markets and channels of distribution.

Significant Relationships

We have established and continue to build and expand relationships with our OEMs and distributors of digital printing technology in order to benefit from their products, distribution channels and marketing resources. Our customers include domestic and international manufacturers, distributors and sellers of color and black-and-white digital copiers, wide-format printers and desktop color printers. We work closely with our OEM customers with the aim of developing solutions that incorporate leading technology, and that work optimally in conjunction with such companies’ products. The top revenue-generating OEMs or distributors, in alphabetical order, that we sold products to in 2008 were Canon, Fuji Xerox, IKON Office Solutions, Konica Minolta, OKI Data, Ricoh, Toshiba, and Xerox. Together, sales to Canon and Xerox accounted for approximately 29% of our 2008 revenue, with sales to each of these two customers accounting for more than 10% of our revenue. Because sales of our printer and copier-related products constitute a significant portion of our controller revenues and there are a limited number of OEMs producing copiers and printers in sufficient volume to be attractive customers for us, we expect that we will continue to depend on a relatively small number of OEM customers for a significant portion of our revenues in future periods. Accordingly, if we lose or experience reduced sales to an important OEM, we will have difficulty replacing the revenue traditionally generated from such OEM with sales to new or existing OEMs and our revenues may decline.

We customarily enter into development and distribution agreements with our OEM customers. These agreements can be terminated under a range of circumstances and often upon relatively short notice. The circumstances under which an agreement can be terminated vary from agreement to agreement and there can be no assurance that our OEM customers will continue to purchase products from us in the future, despite such agreements. Furthermore, our agreements with our OEM customers generally do not commit such customers to make future purchases from us and they could decline to purchase products from us in the future and could purchase products from our competitors, or build the products themselves. We recognize the importance of, and work hard to maintain, our relationships with our customers. However, our relationships with our customers are affected by a number of factors including, among others: competition from other suppliers, competition from internal development efforts by the OEMs themselves and changes in general economic, competitive or market conditions such as changes in demand for our or the OEM’s products, or fluctuations in currency exchange rates. There can be no assurance that we will continue to maintain or build the relationships we have developed to date. See Item 1A—We face competition from other suppliers as well as our own OEM customers and if we are not able to compete successfully our business may be harmed.

We have a continuing relationship pursuant to a license agreement with Adobe Systems, Inc. (“Adobe”) and license PostScript^® software from Adobe for use in many of our controller solutions. This relationship is important because each of our controller solutions requires page description language software such as that provided by Adobe in order to operate. Adobe’s PostScript^® software is widely used to manage the geometry, shape and typography of hard copy documents and Adobe is a leader in providing page description software. Although to date we have successfully obtained licenses to use Adobe’s PostScript^® software when required, Adobe is not required to, and we cannot be certain that Adobe will, grant future licenses to Adobe PostScript^® software on reasonable terms, in a timely manner, or at all. In addition, in order to obtain licenses from Adobe, Adobe requires that we obtain from them quality assurance approvals for our products that use Adobe software. If Adobe does not grant us such licenses or approvals, if the Adobe licenses are terminated, or if our relationship with Adobe is otherwise materially impaired, we would likely be unable to sell products that incorporate Adobe PostScript^® software. If that occurred, we would have to license, acquire, develop or reestablish our own competing software as a viable alternative for Adobe Postscript^® and our financial condition and results of operations could be significantly harmed for a period of time.

6

Our inkjet printers are constructed with inkjet print heads which are manufactured by a limited number of suppliers. If we were to experience difficulty obtaining print heads, our production of inkjet printers would be limited and our revenues would be harmed. We manufacture inks for use in our printers and rely upon a limited number of suppliers for certain pigments used in our inks. Our ink sales would decline significantly if we were unable to obtain the pigments as needed. See Item 1A—We depend upon a limited group of suppliers for key components in our products. The loss of any of these suppliers, the inability of any of these suppliers to meet our requirements, or the delays or shortages of supply of these components could adversely affect our business.

Human Resources

As of December 31, 2008, we employed 2,021 full time employees. Approximately 515 were in sales and marketing, 242 were in general and administrative, 370 were in manufacturing and 894 were in research and development. Of the total number of employees, we had approximately 1,453 employees located in the Americas (primarily the United States) and 568 employees located in offices outside of the Americas.

Distribution and Marketing

Our primary distribution method for our controller line of products is to sell them to our OEMs. Our OEMs in turn sell these products to OEM-affiliated and independent distributors/dealers/resellers and end-users for use with the OEM’s copiers or printers as part of an integrated printing system. See Item 1A—We rely on sales to a relatively small number of OEM customers and the loss of any of these OEM customers could substantially decrease our revenues.

Our print management information systems are primarily sold directly to the end-user by our own sales force. To distribute our VUTEk printers and ink, we utilize a direct sales force in North America and Europe and principally distributors for the rest of our global distribution. Any interruption of the distribution methods could negatively impact us in the future.

Our primary distribution method for our MicroPress controllers, our EFI proofing systems and our EFI workflow software products is to utilize a mix of distributors and our own sales force. We sell directly to our authorized distributors, dealers, and resellers who in turn sell the solutions to end-users either in a stand alone form or bundled with other solutions they offer. Primary customers with whom we have established distribution agreements include Enovation, Fujifilm Graphic Systems, Pitman and other sales companies. There can be no assurance that we will continue to successfully distribute our products through these channels.

We promote all of our products through public relations, direct mail, advertising, promotional material, trade shows and ongoing customer communication programs. The majority of the sales leads for inkjet printer sales are generated from tradeshows and any interruption in our tradeshow participation could materially impact our revenue and profitability.

Research and Development

Research and development costs for 2008 were $140.4 million. As of December 31, 2008, 894 of our 2,021 full-time employees were involved in research and development. We believe that development of new products and enhancement of existing products are essential to our continued success, and management intends to continue to devote substantial resources to research and new product development. We expect to make significant expenditures to support our research and development programs for the foreseeable future.

We are developing products to support additional color and black-and-white printing devices including desktop printers, high-end color copiers, digital black-and-white copiers and multifunctional devices. We are also developing new software applications designed to maximize workflow efficiencies and to meet the needs of the graphic arts and commercial print professional, including proofing solutions and print management information systems solutions. We also expect to continue to develop new platforms of inkjet print technologies in order to meet the needs of existing and future markets. We have research and development sites in nine U.S. locations, as

7

well as in Israel, India, Japan and Europe. See “Growth and Expansion Strategies—Proliferate and Expand Product Lines” above. Substantial additional expense is required to complete and bring to market each of the products currently being developed by us.

Manufacturing

We utilize sub-contractors to manufacture our controller line of products. These sub-contractors work closely with us to promote low costs and high quality in the manufacture of our products. Sub-contractors purchase components needed for our products from third parties. We are completely dependent on the ability of our sub-contractors to produce products sold by us and although we supervise our sub-contractors, there can be no assurance that such sub-contractors will perform efficiently or effectively. In 2008, a significant amount of our controller line of products was manufactured at a single sub-contractor, Celestica Inc. We are transferring to a new sub-conductor in 2009: Bell Microproducts. Should Celestica or Bell Microproducts experience any inability or unwillingness to manufacture or deliver product from this location, our business, financial condition and operations could be harmed. Since we do not maintain long-term agreements with our sub-contractors, any of our sub-contractors could enter into agreements with our competitors that might restrict or prohibit such sub-contractors from manufacturing our products or could otherwise lead to an inability of such sub-contractor from filling our orders in a timely manner. See Item 1A—We are dependent on a limited number of subcontractors, with whom we do not have long-term contracts, to manufacture and deliver products to our customers and the loss of any of these subcontractors could adversely affect our business.

Our VUTEk printers and ink are manufactured at our Meredith, New Hampshire facility. Meredith is not located in a major metropolitan area, and we have encountered difficulties in hiring and retaining adequate skilled labor and management. Most of the components used in the manufacturing of the printers and the inks are available from multiple suppliers, except for the inkjet print heads and the pigments for our inks. Although typically in low volumes, many key components are sourced from single vendors. If we were unable to obtain the print heads currently used, we would be required to redesign our printers to use different print heads. If we were to change pigments, we would be required to reformulate and test the inks. In two of our locations, we use hazardous materials to formulate solvent-based inks. The storage, use and disposal of those materials must meet the requirements of various environmental regulations. See Item 1A—If we are not able to hire and retain skilled employees, we may not be able to develop products or meet demand for our products in a timely fashion; and We depend upon a limited group of suppliers for key components in our product. The loss of any of these suppliers, the inability of any of these suppliers to meet our requirements, or the delays or shortages of supply of these components could adversely affect our business.

A significant number of the components necessary for the manufacture of our controller line of products are obtained from a sole supplier or a limited group of suppliers. These include processors from Intel and other related semiconductor components. We depend largely on the following sole and limited source suppliers for our components and manufacturing services:

Supplier	Components
Intel	Central processing units, or CPUs; chip sets
Toshiba	Application-specific integrated circuits (“ASIC”)
Altera	ASIC
LSI Logic	ASIC
Texas Instruments	Digital signal processors, (“DSP”)
Celestica	Contract manufacturing
Bell Microproducts	Contract manufacturing
Seiko	Inkjet print heads
Fuji	Inkjet print heads
Imaging Technology International Corp	Contract manufacturing
Xaar	Inkjet print heads
Tundra	Chip sets

8

We do not maintain long-term agreements with any of our suppliers of components and primarily conduct our business with such suppliers solely on a purchase order basis. If any of our sole or limited source suppliers were unwilling or unable to supply us with the components for which we rely on them, we may be unable to continue manufacturing our products utilizing such components.

The absence of agreements with most of our suppliers also subjects us to fluctuations in pricing, a factor we believe is partially offset by the fact that our suppliers benefit from selling as many components to us as possible. Many of our components are similar to those used in personal computers, and the demand and price fluctuations of personal computer components could affect our component costs. Because the purchase of key components involves long lead times, in the event of unanticipated volatility in demand for our products, we may be unable to manufacture certain products in a quantity sufficient to meet end user demand, or we may hold excess quantities of inventory. We maintain an inventory of components for which we are dependent upon sole or limited source suppliers and of components with prices that fluctuate significantly. We cannot ensure that at any given time we will have sufficient inventory to enable us to meet demand for our products, which would harm our financial results. As a result of our acquisition of the Inkjet businesses, our inventory has increased; however, our total inventory still represents less than 7.5% of our total assets as of December 31, 2008. See Item 1A—We depend upon a limited group of suppliers for key components in our products. The loss of any of these suppliers, the inability of any of these suppliers to meet our requirements, or the delays or shortages of supply of these components could adversely affect our business.

Competition

Competition in our markets is intense and involves rapidly changing technologies and frequent new product introductions. To maintain and improve our competitive position, we must continue to develop and introduce on a timely and cost-effective basis new products and features that keep pace with the evolving needs of our customers. The principal competitive factors affecting the markets for our controller solutions include, among others, customer service and support, product reputation, quality, performance, price and product features such as functionality, scalability, ability to interface with OEM products and ease of use. We believe we have generally been able to compete effectively in the past against product offerings of our competitors on the basis of such factors. However, there can be no assurance that we will continue to be able to compete effectively in the future based on these or any other competitive factors.

Our primary competitors for third-party stand-alone color controllers are our OEM customers. Our OEM customers are also the principal competitors for the embedded and design-licensed solutions. Our market position vis-à-vis internally-developed controllers is small; however, we are the largest third party controller vendor. We believe that our advantages include our continuously advancing technology, time-to-market, brand recognition, end-user loyalty, sizable installed base, number of products supported, price driven by lower developmental costs and market knowledge. We intend to continue to develop new digital print controllers with capabilities that continue to meet the changing needs of our OEM customers’ product development roadmaps. A significant disadvantage is our lack of control of the distribution channels and direct connections with our end-users. We do, however, provide a variety of features as well as a unique “look and feel” to our OEMs’ products to differentiate our customers’ products from those of their competitors.

The VUTEk line of super-wide inkjet printers competes with printers produced by Durst, Gandinnovation, Hewlett-Packard and Inca throughout most of the world. There are Chinese and Korean printer manufacturers in the marketplace, but their products are typically sold in their domestic markets and are not perceived as alternatives in most other markets. Although we recommend that our inks be used in the VUTEk printers, users can purchase solvent-based inks from other ink manufacturers. The third-party inks are typically priced at a lower price than our proprietary inks. However, these third-party inks may not provide the same quality. In addition, the use of third-party inks with our printer products may void the ink delivery system warranty on the printer. We believe that our broad product line and leading technology provide a competitive advantage.

9

Our APPS category, which includes our workflow, proofing, print management information systems and web-based order entry and order management systems, faces competition from software application vendors that specifically target the printing industry. These vendors are typically small, privately-owned companies. We also face competition from larger vendors that currently offer or are seeking to develop printer-focused enterprise resource planning products. We believe the principal competitive factor affecting our markets is the market rates for new printing technology.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to advance our technology and products or to compete effectively against other companies’ product offerings and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect upon our business, operating results and financial condition.

Sale of Land and Building

On January 29, 2009, we sold a portion of our Foster City campus to Gilead Sciences, Inc. (“Gilead”) for a total price of $137.5 million, subject to an escrow holdback of $15.5 million. The property sold included approximately thirty acres of land, which is entitled for development, the office building at 301 Velocity Way, Foster City, California, consisting of approximately 163,000 square feet and certain other assets related to the property. We retain ownership of the remaining approximately five acres of land and remain obligated under the synthetic lease with respect to the office building at 303 Velocity Way, Foster City, California, at which the Company’s headquarters is located. As more fully disclosed in Note 8—Commitments and Contingencies, both buildings were subject to synthetic lease agreements as of December 31, 2008.

As a result of the sale to Gilead, the carrying value of assets held for sale of $55.4 million as of December 31, 2008 included land, building, other improvements, and restricted cash related to the 301 Velocity Way facility, subject to an escrow holdback of $15.5 million. The escrow period expires January 2010.

Goodwill and Long-Lived Asset Impairment

We perform our annual impairment analysis of goodwill in the third quarter of each year according to the provisions of SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS 142”). The provision requires that we perform a two-step impairment test on goodwill. In the first step, we compare the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit, goodwill is not impaired and we are not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then we must perform the second step of the impairment testing to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is calculated by deducting the fair value of all tangible and intangible assets of the reporting unit, excluding goodwill, from the fair value of the reporting unit as determined in the first step. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then we record an impairment loss equal to the difference.

We performed our annual valuation analysis of goodwill on September 30, 2008 in accordance with SFAS142 as stated above. The goodwill valuation analysis was performed based on our respective reporting units—Controller, Inkjet, and Advanced Professional Print Software. Our reporting units are consistent with our product categories identified in Note 15—Information Concerning Business Segments and Major Customers of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Our product categories meet the definition of a reporting unit one level below an operating segment in accordance with SFAS 142 as each product category constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and reviewed by segment management.

We determined the fair value of the Inkjet reporting unit based on a weighting of the market and income approaches. The fair value of the Controller and APPS reporting units was determined based on the market approach. Under the market approach, we estimated the fair value based on market multiples of revenues or earnings. Under the income approach, we measured fair value of the reporting units based on a projected cash flow method using a discount rate determined by our management which is commensurate with the risk inherent

10

in our current business model. Based on our valuation results, we had determined that the fair values of our reporting units continued to exceed their carrying values. Therefore, management determined that no goodwill impairment charge was required as of September 30, 2008.

We assess the impairment of identifiable intangibles and long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable or that the life of the asset may need to be revised. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include the following:

• significant negative industry or economic trends;

• significant decline in our stock price for a sustained period;

• our market capitalization relative to net book value; and

• significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business.

When we determine that the carrying value of intangibles or long-lived assets may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, we measure the potential impairment based on a projected discounted cash flow method using a discount rate determined by our management to be commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model. Our annual review of goodwill performed in the third quarter of 2008 indicated that there was no impairment of goodwill. We performed our annual valuation analysis of goodwill on September 30, 2008 in accordance with SFAS142 as stated above.

During the fourth quarter of 2008, our market capitalization declined significantly as a result of declining worldwide economic conditions caused by the tightening of global credit markets. Based on a combination of factors including the recent economic environment, the resulting erosion in our market capitalization, and the lowering of our 2009 revenue outlook subsequent to the third quarter of 2008, we performed an interim impairment analysis during the fourth quarter of 2008.

Based on the internal market-based valuation that we performed, the fair value of the Controller and APPS product categories significantly exceeded their carrying value as of December 31, 2008. Consequently, it was not considered necessary to obtain a third party valuation of these reporting units. A third party interim valuation was obtained with respect to the Inkjet product category, which was equally weighted between the income and market approach.

Based on the outcome of the interim impairment analysis, we concluded that an impairment had occurred relating to the Inkjet product category resulting in a non-cash impairment charge of $111.9 million during the fourth quarter of 2008 related to both goodwill and other long-lived assets. There were no impairments of goodwill, intangible assets, or other long-lived assets in 2007 and 2006.

Solely for purposes of establishing inputs for the fair value calculations described above related to goodwill impairment testing, we made the following assumptions:

• the current economic downturn will continue through fiscal year 2010,

• the economic downturn is partially mitigated by new product introductions in 2010,

• followed by a recovery period between 2011 and 2013, and

• long-term industry growth past 2013.

Our discounted cash flow projections for the Inkjet reporting unit were based on five-year financial forecasts. The five-year forecasts were based on annual financial forecasts developed internally by management for use in managing our business and through discussions with the independent valuation firm engaged by us. The significant assumptions of these five-year forecasts included annual revenue growth rates ranging from (11.0%) to 12% for the Inkjet reporting unit. The future cash flows were discounted to present value using a mid-year convention and a discount rate of 16%. Terminal values were calculated using the Gordon growth methodology with a long-term growth rate of 4.5%. The sum of the fair values of the Controllers, APPS, and Inkjet reporting

11

units was reconciled to our current market capitalization (based on our stock price) plus an estimated control premium. The significant assumptions used in determining fair values of the reporting units using comparable company market values include the determination of appropriate market comparables, the estimated multiples of revenue, EBIT, and EBITDA that a willing buyer is likely to pay, and the estimated control premium a willing buyer is likely to pay.

Given the current economic environment and the uncertainties regarding the impact on our business, there can be no assurance that our estimates and assumptions regarding the duration of the ongoing economic downturn, or the period or strength of recovery, made for purposes of our goodwill impairment testing during the three months ended December 31, 2008 will prove to be accurate predictions of the future. If our assumptions regarding forecasted revenue or gross margin rates are not achieved, we may be required to record additional goodwill impairment charges in future periods relating to any of our reporting units, whether in connection with the next annual impairment testing in the third quarter of 2009 or prior to that, if any such change constitutes a triggering event outside of the quarter from when the annual goodwill impairment test is performed. It is not possible at this time to determine if any such future impairment charge would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be material.

Intellectual Property Rights

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, non-disclosure agreements and other contractual provisions to establish, maintain and protect our intellectual property rights. Although we believe that our intellectual property rights are important to our business, no single patent, copyright, trademark, or trade secret is solely responsible for the development and manufacturing of our products.

We are currently pursuing patent applications in the United States and in foreign jurisdictions to protect various inventions. Over time, we have accumulated a portfolio of issued patents in the U.S. and worldwide. We also own or have rights to the copyrights to the software code in our products, as well as rights to the trademarks under which our products are marketed. We have also registered certain trademarks in the United States and in foreign jurisdictions, and will continue to evaluate the registration of additional trademarks as appropriate.

In addition, certain of our products include intellectual property that we license from our partners. We also have granted and may continue to grant licenses under our intellectual property, when and as we may deem appropriate.

For a discussion of risks relating to our intellectual property, see Item 1A—We may be unable to adequately protect our proprietary information and may incur expenses to defend our proprietary information.

Financial Information about Foreign and Domestic Operations and Export Sales

See Note 15—Information Concerning Business Segments and Major Customers of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. See also Item 1A—We face risks from our international operations and We face risks from currency fluctuations.

Item 1A: Risk Factors

We rely on sales to a relatively small number of OEM customers and the loss of any of these OEM customers could substantially decrease our revenues.

A significant portion of our revenues are and have been generated by sales of our printer and copier related products to a relatively small number of OEMs. For example, Canon and Xerox each contributed over 10% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2008 and together accounted for approximately 29% of those revenues during the same period. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, Canon and Xerox each contributed over 10% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2007 and together accounted for approximately 31% of those revenues for the year. Because sales of our printer and copier-related products

12

constitute a significant portion of our revenues and there is a limited number of OEMs producing copiers and printers in sufficient volume to be attractive customers for us, we expect that we will continue to depend on a relatively small number of OEM customers for a significant portion of our controller revenues in future periods.

In addition, our OEM customers have developed, and may continue to develop, their own controller products, which may compete directly with our products, which may adversely affect our revenues. Accordingly, if we lose or experience reduced sales to an important OEM customer, we will have difficulty replacing the revenue previously generated from such customers with sales to new or existing OEM customers and our controller revenue will likely decline significantly.

The market for our super-wide-format printers is very competitive.

The printing equipment industry is extremely competitive. Our VUTEk products compete against several companies that market digital printing systems based on electrostatic, drop-on-demand and continuous drop-on-demand inkjet, airbrush and other technologies and printers utilizing solvent and UV curable ink. Two large competitors, NUR and Scitex Vision, were acquired by Hewlett Packard (“HP”) and another large competitor, Inca, was acquired by Dai Nippon Screen (“Screen”). Both HP and Screen have greater resources to develop new products and technologies and market those products, as well as acquire or develop critical components at lower costs, which would provide a competitive advantage. They could also exert downward pressure on product pricing to gain market share.

We have also witnessed the recent growth of local Chinese and Korean markets where local competitors are developing, manufacturing and selling inexpensive printers, mainly to the local Chinese and Korean markets. These Chinese and Korean manufacturers have also begun penetrating the international market and have partnered with other super-wide format printer manufacturers. Our ability to compete depends on factors both within and outside of our control, including the price, performance and acceptance of our current printers and any products we develop in the future.

We also face competition from existing conventional wide format and super-wide format printing methods, including screen printing and offset printing. Our competitors could develop new products, with existing or new technology, that could be more competitive in our market than our printers. We cannot assure you that we can compete effectively with any such products.

We face strong competition in the market for printing supplies such as ink.

We compete with independent manufacturers in the ink market. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to remain the exclusive or even principal ink supplier for our printers. The loss of ink sales to our installed base of printers could adversely impact our revenues and gross margins.

We could also experience an overall reduction in price within the ink markets, which would also adversely affect our gross margins. Solvent inks are relatively easy to replicate and additional manufacturers could increase pricing competition or divert customers away from us.

We do not typically have long term purchase contracts with our OEM customers and our OEM customers have in the past and could at any time in the future, reduce or cease purchasing products from us, harming our operating results and business.

With the exception of certain minimum purchase obligations, we typically do not have long-term volume purchase contracts with our OEM customers, including Canon, Xerox and Konica Minolta, and they are not obligated to purchase products from us. Accordingly, our customers could at any time reduce their purchases from us or cease purchasing our products altogether. In the past, some of our OEM customers have elected to develop products on their own, rather than rely, solely or partially, on our products and we expect that customers will continue to make such elections in the future.

13

In addition, because our OEM customers incorporate our products into products they manufacture and sell, any decline in demand for copiers or laser printers and any other negative developments affecting our major customers or the computer industry in general, including reduced demand for the products sold by our OEM customers, would likely harm our results of operations. For example, certain customers have in the past experienced serious financial difficulties which led to a decline in sales of our products to these customers. If any significant customers should face such difficulties in the future, our operating results could be harmed through, among other things, decreased sales volumes and write-offs of accounts receivables and inventory related to products we have manufactured for these customers’ products.

In addition, a significant portion of our operating expenses are fixed in advance based on projected sales levels and margins, sales forecasts from our OEM customers and product development programs. A substantial portion of our backlog is scheduled for delivery within 90 days or less and our customers may cancel orders and change volume levels or delivery times for product they have ordered from us without penalty. Accordingly, if sales to our OEM customers are below expectations in any given quarter, the adverse impact of the shortfall in revenues on operating results may be, and has been in the past, increased by our inability to adjust spending in the short term to compensate for this shortfall.

We rely on our OEM customers to develop and sell products incorporating our controller technologies and if they fail to successfully develop and sell these products, or curtail or cease the use of our technologies in their products, our business will be harmed.

We rely upon our OEM customers to develop new products, applications and product enhancements utilizing our controller technologies in a timely and cost-effective manner. Our continued success in the controller industry depends upon the ability of these OEM customers to utilize our technologies while meeting changing end-user customer needs and responding to emerging industry standards and other technological changes. However, we cannot provide assurance that our OEM customers will effectively meet these challenges. These OEM customers are generally not obligated to purchase products from us and we cannot provide assurance that they will continue to carry our products. For example, our OEM customers have incorporated into their products the technologies of other companies or internally developed technologies in addition to, or instead of, our technologies and will likely continue to do so in the future. If our OEM customers do not effectively and successfully market products containing our technologies, our revenue will likely be materially and adversely affected.

Our OEM customers work closely with us to develop products that are specific to each OEM customer’s copiers and printers. Many of the products and technologies we are developing require that we coordinate development, quality testing, marketing and other tasks with our OEM customers. We cannot control our OEM customers’ development efforts or the timing of these efforts and coordinating with our OEM customers may cause delays in our own product development efforts that are outside of our control. If our OEM customers delay the release of their products, our revenue and results of operations may be adversely affected. In addition, our revenue and results of operations may be adversely affected if we cannot meet our OEM customers’ product needs for their specific copiers and printers, as well as successfully manage the additional engineering and support effort and other risks associated with such a wide range of products.

Ongoing economic uncertainty has had and may continue to have a negative effect on our business.

The revenue and profitability of our business depends significantly on the overall demand for information technology products that enable printing of digital data, which in turn depends on a variety of macro- and micro-economic conditions. In addition, our revenue growth and profitability in our Inkjet business depends on demand and spending for advertising and marketing products and programs, which also depends on a variety of macro- and micro-economic conditions.

Uncertainty about current global economic conditions poses a risk as our customers may delay purchases of our products in response to tighter credit, negative financial news and/or declines in income or asset values. The current financial turmoil affecting the banking system and financial markets and the possibility that financial

14

institutions may consolidate or go out of business have resulted in a tightening in the credit markets, a low level of liquidity in many financial markets, and extreme volatility in fixed income, credit, currency and equity markets. There could be a number of follow-on effects from the credit crisis on our business, including insolvency of key suppliers resulting in product delays; inability of customers and distributors to obtain credit to finance purchases of our products and/or customer and distributor insolvencies; and other financial institutions negatively impacting the Company’s treasury operations. Our financial performance could also vary materially from expectations depending on gains or losses realized on the sale or exchange of financial instruments or cash equivalents; impairment charges on our assets; related to equity and other investments and; interest rates. The current volatility in the financial markets and overall economic uncertainty increases the risk that the actual amounts realized in the future on our financial instruments could differ significantly from the fair values currently assigned to them.

Uncertainty about current global economic conditions together with delays or reductions in information technology spending could cause a decline in demand for our products and services and consequently harm our business, operating results, financial condition, prospects and continue to increase the volatility of our stock price.

Our operating results may fluctuate based upon many factors, which could adversely affect our stock price.

Stock prices of high technology companies such as ours tend to be volatile as a result of various factors, including variations in operating results and, consequently, fluctuations in our operating results could adversely affect our stock price. Factors that have caused our operating results and stock price to fluctuate in the past and that may cause future fluctuations include:

• varying demand for our products, due to seasonality, OEM customer product development and marketing efforts, OEM customer financial and operational condition, OEM inventory management practices and general economic conditions;

• shifts in customer demand to lower cost products;

• success and timing of new product introductions by us and our OEM customers and the performance of our products generally;

• success and timing of new inkjet product introductions;

• volatility in foreign exchange rates, changes in interest rates and or financing credit to consumers of digital copiers and printers;

• price reductions by us and our competitors, which may be exacerbated by competitive pressures caused by economic conditions generally;

• substitution of third-party inks for our own ink products by users of our super-wide format inkjet printers;

• delay, cancellation or rescheduling of orders or projects;

• delays or shortages of supply of our key components, including without limitation inkjet print heads, and inability of our suppliers to meet our requirements;

• availability of key components and licenses, including possible delays in deliveries from suppliers, the performance of third-party manufacturers and the status of our relationships with our key suppliers;

• potential excess or shortage of employees and location of research and development centers;

• changes in our product mix such as shifts from higher revenue or gross margin products to lower revenue or gross margin products such as our inkjet products;

• costs associated with complying with any applicable governmental regulations;

• cost associated with possible SEC and regulatory actions regarding our historical stock option granting practices and remedial measures with respect to our historical stock option granting practices;

• acquisitions and integration of new businesses;

15

• costs related to our entry into new markets, such as commercial printing and office equipment service automation;

• general economic conditions, such as the current economic uncertainty;

• commencement of litigation or adverse results in pending litigation; and

• other risks described herein.

We face competition from other suppliers as well as our own OEM customers and if we are not able to compete successfully our business may be harmed.

The digital printing marketplace is highly competitive and is characterized by rapid technological changes. We compete against a number of other suppliers of imaging products and technologies, including our OEM customers themselves. Although we attempt to develop and support innovative products that end-users demand, products or technologies developed by competing suppliers, including our own OEM customers, could render our products or technologies obsolete or noncompetitive.

While many of our OEM customers incorporate our technologies into their end products on an exclusive basis, we do not have any formal agreements that prevent these OEM customers from offering alternative products that do not incorporate our technologies. If, as has occurred in the past, an OEM customer offers products incorporating technology from alternative suppliers instead of, or in addition to, products incorporating our technologies, our market share could decrease, which would likely reduce our revenue and adversely affect our financial results.

In addition, many OEMs in the printer and copier industry, including most of our OEM customers, internally develop and sell products that compete directly with our current products. These OEMs have significant investments in their existing solutions and have substantial resources that may enable them to develop or improve, more quickly than us, technologies similar to ours that are compatible with their own products. Our OEM customers have in the past marketed, and likely will continue in the future to market, their own internal technologies and solutions in addition to ours, even when their technologies and solutions are less advanced, have lower performance or cost more than our products. Given the significant financial, marketing and other resources of our larger OEM customers and other significant OEMs in the imaging industry who are not our customers, we may not be able to successfully compete against these OEMs selling similar products that they develop internally. If we cannot compete successfully against the OEMs’ internally developed products, we will lose sales and market share in those areas where the OEMs choose to compete and our business will be harmed.

Price reductions for all of our products may affect our revenues in the future.

We have made and may in the future make price reductions for our products in order to drive demand and remain competitive. Depending upon the price-elasticity of demand for our products, the pricing and quality of competitive products and other economic and competitive conditions, such price reductions may have an adverse impact on our revenues and profits. If we are not able to compensate for lower gross margins that may result from price reductions with an increased volume of sales, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

Entry into new markets or distribution channels could result in higher operating expenses that may not be offset by increased revenue.

We continue to explore opportunities to develop or acquire product lines different from our current controllers, such as print management software, document scanning solutions and inkjet printers. We expect to continue to invest funds to develop new distribution and marketing channels for these and additional new products and services, which will increase our operating expenses.

We do not know if we will be successful in developing these channels or whether the market will accept any of our new products or services or if we will generate sufficient revenues from these activities to offset the

16

additional operating expenses we incur. In addition, even if we are able to introduce new products or services, if customers do not accept these new products or services or if we are not able to price such products or services competitively, our operating results will likely suffer.

We license software used in most of our products from Adobe Systems Incorporated and the loss of this license would prevent us from shipping these products.

Many of our current products include software that we must license from Adobe. Specifically, we are required to obtain separate licenses from Adobe for the right to use Adobe PostScript^® software in each type of copier or printer used with a Fiery Controller. Although to date we have successfully obtained licenses to use Adobe’s PostScript^® software when required, Adobe is not required to, and we cannot be certain that Adobe will, grant future licenses to Adobe PostScript^® software on reasonable terms, in a timely manner, or at all. In addition, in order to obtain licenses from Adobe, Adobe requires that we obtain from them quality assurance approvals for our products that use Adobe software. Although to date we have successfully obtained such quality assurances from Adobe, we cannot be certain Adobe will grant us such approvals in the future. If Adobe does not grant us such licenses or approvals, if the Adobe licenses are terminated, or if our relationship with Adobe is otherwise materially impaired, we would likely be unable to sell products that incorporate Adobe PostScript^® software and our financial condition and results of operations would be significantly harmed.

We depend upon a limited group of suppliers for key components in our products. The loss of any of these suppliers, the inability of any of these suppliers to meet our requirements, or the delays or shortages of supply of these components could adversely affect our business.

Certain components necessary for the manufacture of our products are obtained from a sole supplier or a limited group of suppliers. These include processors from Intel and other related semiconductor components and inkjet print heads for our super-wide format printers. We do not maintain long-term agreements with any of our component suppliers and conduct our business with such suppliers solely on a purchase order basis. If we are unable to continue to procure these sole-sourced components from our current suppliers in the required quantities, we will have to qualify other sources, if possible, or design our products so that they no longer require these components.

In addition, these suppliers may be concentrated within similar industries or geographic locations, which could potentially exacerbate these risks. We cannot provide assurance that other sources of these components exist or will be willing to supply us on reasonable terms or at all, or that we will be able to design around these components. Therefore any unavailability, delays or shortages of supply of these components or any inability of our suppliers to meet our requirements could harm our business. Because the purchase of certain key components involves long lead times, in the event of unanticipated volatility in demand for our products, we have been in the past and may in the future be unable to manufacture certain products in a quantity sufficient to meet demand. Further, as has occurred in the past, in the event that anticipated demand does not materialize, we may hold excess quantities of inventory that could become obsolete. In order to meet projected demand, we maintain an inventory of components for which we are dependent upon sole or limited source suppliers and components with prices that fluctuate significantly. As a result, we are subject to a risk of inventory obsolescence, which could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Additionally, the market prices and availability of certain components, particularly memory and Intel-designed components, which collectively represent a substantial portion of the total manufactured cost of our products, have fluctuated significantly in the past. Such fluctuations in the future could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition including a reduction in gross margins.

We are dependent on a limited number of subcontractors, with whom we do not have long-term contracts, to manufacture and deliver products to our customers and the loss of any of these subcontractors could adversely affect our business.

We subcontract with other companies to manufacture our products and we do not have long-term agreements with these subcontractors. We rely on the ability of our subcontractors to produce products to be sold to our customers

17

and while we closely monitor our subcontractors’ performance we cannot assure you that such subcontractors will continue to manufacture our products in a timely and effective manner. In the past a weakened economy led to the dissolution, bankruptcy or consolidation of some of the subcontractors who are able to manufacture our products, decreasing the available number of subcontractors. If the available number of subcontractors were to again decrease, it is possible that we would not be able to secure appropriate subcontractors to fulfill our demand in a timely manner or at all, particularly if demand for our products increases.

The existence of fewer subcontractors may also reduce our negotiating leverage potentially resulting in higher product costs. Difficulties experienced by our subcontractors, including financial problems and the inability to make or ship our products or fix quality assurance problems, could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. If we decide to change subcontractors, we could experience delays in finding, qualifying and commencing business with new subcontractors which would result in both delay in delivery of our products and also potentially the cancellation of orders for our products.

In 2008, a high concentration of our Fiery controllers is manufactured at a single subcontractor location, Celestica in Toronto, Ontario, Canada. We are transferring to a new sub-contractor in 2009: Bell Microproducts. Should Celestica or Bell Microproducts experience any inability to, or refuse to, manufacture or deliver product from this location our business, financial condition and operations could be harmed. Since we do not maintain long-term agreements with our subcontractors, any of our subcontractors could enter into agreements with our competitors that might restrict or prohibit such subcontractors from manufacturing our products or could otherwise lead to an inability of such subcontractors from filling our orders in a timely manner. In such event, we may not be able to find suitable replacement subcontractors and our business, financial condition and operations would likely be harmed.

We may face increased risk of inventory obsolescence related to our super-wide format inkjet printers and ink.

We procure raw materials and build our super-wide printers and ink products based on our sales forecasts. If we do not accurately forecast demand for our products we may end up with excess inventory, or we may lose sales because we do not have the correct products available for sale. If we have excess printers or other products we may have to lower prices to stimulate demand. We may also run the risk that our inventory of raw materials may become obsolete. Our ink products have a defined shelf life. If we do not sell the ink before the end of its shelf life it will no longer be sellable and will have to be expensed.

If we are not able to hire and retain skilled employees, we may not be able to develop products or meet demand for our products in a timely fashion.

We depend upon skilled employees, such as software and hardware engineers, quality assurance engineers and other technical professionals with specialized skills. We are headquartered in the Silicon Valley and additionally have research and development offices in India. Competition in both locations has historically been intense amongst companies hiring engineering and technical professionals. In times of professional labor imbalances, it has in the past and is likely in the future to be difficult for us to locate and hire qualified engineers and technical professionals and for us to retain these people. There are many technology companies located near our corporate offices in the Silicon Valley and our operations in India that may try to hire our employees. The movement of our stock price may also impact our ability to hire and retain employees. If we do not offer competitive compensation, we may not be able to recruit or retain employees, which may have an adverse effect on our ability to develop products in a timely fashion, which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

We offer a broad-based equity compensation plan based on granting options and restricted stock from stockholder-approved plans in order to be competitive in the labor market. If we cannot offer equity awards when necessary to enable us to offer compensation competitive with those offered by other companies seeking the same employees, it may be difficult for us to hire and retain skilled employees.

18

Our acquisitions in the Inkjet and APPS product categories increased the chance that we will experience additional bad debt expense.

Our OEM customers are typically large profitable customers who present little credit risk to us. Our APPS and Inkjet businesses sell primarily via a direct sales force to a broader base of customers, many of whom are smaller and potentially less credit worthy. In addition, as we continue to increase our revenues from our Inkjet customers, many of whom are located overseas in many countries, it may be hard to enforce our legal rights should collection issues arise.

Because of our acquisitions we now sell our products to distributors and directly to the end-user. If we are unable to effectively manage a direct sales force, sales and revenues could decline.

We have traditionally sold our products to our OEM partners, who in turn sold the product to the end-user. Our marketing focused on manufacturers and distributors of the manufacturers’ equipment, not on the end-user of the product. We now sell our professional printing applications and our inkjet printers and ink to distributors and directly to the end-user. If we are unable to effectively manage a direct sales force and develop a marketing program that can reach the end-users, we are likely to see a decline in revenues from those products.

Acquisitions may result in unanticipated accounting charges or otherwise adversely affect our results of operations and result in difficulties in assimilating and integrating the operations, personnel, technologies, products and information systems of acquired companies or businesses.

We seek to develop new technologies and products from both internal and external sources. As part of this effort, we have in the past made, and will likely continue to make, acquisitions of other companies or other companies’ assets.

Acquisitions involve numerous risks, such as:

• if we issue equity securities in connection with an acquisition, the issuance may be dilutive to our existing stockholders; alternatively, acquisitions made entirely or partially for cash (such as our acquisition of VUTEk) will reduce our cash reserves;

• difficulties in integration of operations, employees, technologies, or products and the related diversion of management time and effort to accomplish successful integration;

• risks of entering markets in which we have little or no prior experience, or entering markets where competitors have stronger market positions;

• possible write-downs of impaired assets;

• potential loss of key employees of the acquired company;

• possible expense overruns;

• an adverse reaction by customers, suppliers or partners of the acquired company or EFI;

• the risk of changes in ratings by stock analysts;

• potential litigation surrounding transactions or the prior actions of the acquired company, such as the VUTEk patent lawsuit or any administrative proceedings;

• the inability to protect or secure technology rights; and

• increases in operating costs;

Mergers and acquisitions of companies are inherently risky and we cannot provide assurance that our previous or future acquisitions will be successful or will not harm our business, operating results, financial condition, or stock price.

19

We may ultimately not receive amounts held in escrow related to disposition of assets.

On January 29, 2009, we sold a portion of our Foster City campus to Gilead Sciences, Inc. for a total price of $137.5 million, subject to an escrow holdback of $15.5 million. While the escrow holdback is expected to be released by January 2010, no assurance can be given that we will ultimately receive amounts held in escrow.

We face risks relating to the impairment of our goodwill and long-lived assets.

We complete a review of the carrying value of our assets annually and, based on a combination of factors, we may be required to perform an interim analysis. During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company’s market capitalization declined significantly as a result of declining worldwide economic conditions caused by the tightening of global credit markets. Based on a combination of factors including the recent economic environment, the resulting erosion in our market capitalization, and the degradation of our revenue forecast subsequent to the third quarter of 2008, we performed an interim impairment analysis during the fourth quarter of 2008. Based on the outcome of the interim impairment analysis, we concluded that an impairment had occurred relating to the Inkjet product category resulting in a non-cash impairment charge of $111.9 million during the quarter related to both goodwill and other long-lived assets.

Given the current economic environment and the uncertainties regarding the impact on our business, there can be no assurance that our estimates and assumptions regarding the duration of the ongoing economic downturn, or the period or strength of recovery, made for purposes of our goodwill impairment testing during the three months ended December 31, 2008 will prove to be accurate predictions of the future. If our assumptions regarding forecasted revenue or gross margin rates are not achieved, we may be required to record additional goodwill impairment charges in future periods relating to any of our reporting units, whether in connection with the next annual impairment testing in the third quarter of 2009 or prior to that, if any such change constitutes a triggering event outside of the quarter from when the annual goodwill impairment test is performed. It is not possible at this time to determine if any such future impairment charge would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be material.

While impairment does not impact reported cash flows, it does result in a non-cash charge in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and thus no assurance can be given that any future impairments would not affect our financial performance and valuation of assets and, as a result, harm our business, operating results, financial condition, or stock price.

We face risks from currency fluctuations.

Approximately $262.5 million and $293.4 million of our revenue from the sale of products for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, came from sales outside the Americas, primarily to Europe and Japan. We expect that sales outside the Americas will continue to represent a significant portion of our total revenue. The majority of our revenues are invoiced in U.S. dollars.

Given the significance of our non-U.S. sales to our total product revenue, we face a continuing risk from the fluctuation of the U.S. dollar versus foreign currencies. When we invoice our customers in their respective local currencies, our cash flows and earnings are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates between the currency of the invoice and the U.S. dollar.

In addition, we have a substantial number of international employees which creates material operating costs denominated in foreign currencies. We have attempted to limit or hedge these exposures through operational strategies where we have considered it appropriate in the past, although no hedging activities occurred in 2008. Our efforts to reduce the risk from our international operations and from fluctuations in foreign currencies or interest rates may not be successful, which could harm our financial condition and operating results.

We face risks from our international operations.

We are subject to certain risks because of our international operations. Changes to and compliance with a variety of foreign laws and regulations that may increase our cost of doing business and our inability or failure to obtain

20

required approvals could harm our international and domestic sales. Trade legislation in either the United States or other countries, such as a change in the current tariff structures, export compliance laws or other trade policies, could adversely affect our ability to sell or to manufacture in international markets. Some of our sales to international customers are made under export licenses that must be obtained from the United States Department of Commerce (“DOC”) and certain transactions require prior approval of the DOC. Changes in governmental regulation and our inability or failure to obtain required approvals, permits or registrations could harm our international and domestic sales and adversely affect our revenues, business and operations. Any violations could result in fines and penalties, including prohibiting us from exporting our products to one or more countries, and could materially and adversely affect our business.

Moreover, local laws and customs in many countries differ significantly from those in the United States. We incur additional legal compliance costs associated with our international operations and could become subject to legal penalties in foreign countries if we do not comply with local laws and regulations, which may be substantially different from those in the United States. In many foreign countries, particularly in those with developing economies, it may be common to engage in business practices that are prohibited by United States regulations applicable to us such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Although we implement policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws, there can be no assurance that all of our employees, contractors and agents, as well as those companies to which we outsource certain of our business operations, including those based in or from countries where practices which violate such United States laws may be customary, will not take actions in violation of our policies. Any such violation, even if prohibited by our policies, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Other risks include natural disasters and political or economic conditions in a specific country or region. In addition, many countries in which we derive revenues do not currently have comprehensive and highly developed legal systems, particularly with respect to the protection of intellectual property rights, which, among other things, can result in the prevalence of infringing products and counterfeit goods in certain countries, which could harm our business and reputation.

We may be unable to adequately protect our proprietary information and may incur expenses to defend our proprietary information.

We rely on a combination of copyright, patent, trademark and trade secret protection, nondisclosure agreements and licensing and cross-licensing arrangements to establish, maintain and protect our intellectual property rights, all of which afford only limited protection. We have patents and pending patent applications in the United States and in various foreign countries. There can be no assurance that patents will issue from our pending applications or from any future applications, or that, if issued, any claims allowed will be sufficiently broad to protect our technology. Any failure to adequately protect our proprietary information could harm our financial condition and operating results. We cannot be certain that any patents that have been or may in the future be issued to us, or which we license from third parties, or any other of our proprietary rights will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. In addition, we cannot be certain that any rights granted to us under any patents, licenses or other proprietary rights will provide adequate protection of our proprietary information.

In addition, as different areas of our business change or mature, from time to time we evaluate our patent portfolio and make decisions either to pursue or not to pursue specific patents and patent applications related to such areas. Choosing not to pursue certain of our patents, patentable applications and failing to file applications for potentially patentable inventions, may harm our business by, among other things, enabling our competitors to more effectively compete with us, reducing the potential claims we can bring against third parties for patent infringement and limiting our potential defenses to intellectual property claims brought by third parties.

Litigation has been and may continue to be necessary to defend and enforce our proprietary rights. Such litigation, whether or not concluded successfully for us, could involve significant expense and the diversion of our attention and other resources, which could harm our financial condition and operating results.

21

We face risks from third party claims of infringement and potential litigation.

Third parties have claimed in the past and may claim in the future that our products infringe, or may infringe, their proprietary rights. Such claims have in the past resulted in lengthy and expensive litigation and could do so in the future. Such claims and any related litigation, whether or not we are successful in the litigation, could result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources, which could harm our financial condition and operating results. Although we may seek licenses from third parties covering intellectual property that we are allegedly infringing, we cannot assure you that any such licenses could be obtained on acceptable terms, if at all.

We may be subject to environmental related liabilities due to our use of hazardous materials and solvents.

We conduct our business operations that involve the use of certain hazardous materials at two separate locations. At these facilities, we mix ink used in some of our printers with solvents and other hazardous materials. Those materials are subject to various governmental regulations relating to their transfer, handling, packaging, use and disposal. We store the ink at warehouses worldwide, including Europe and the United States, and shipping companies ship it at our direction. We face potential responsibility for problems such as spills that may arise when we ship the ink to customers. While we customarily obtain insurance coverage typical for this kind of risk, such insurance may not be sufficient in amount. If we fail to comply with these laws or an accident involving our ink waste or solvents occurs, or if our insurance coverage is not sufficient, then our business and financial results could be harmed.

Future sales of our hardware products in European Union (“EU”) member countries could be limited due to the enactment of the EU Restriction of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“ROHS”).

Since July 1, 2006 forward, new electrical and electronic equipment sold in the EU must not contain lead, mercury, cadmium, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls (“PBBs”) or polybrominated diphenyl ethers (“PBDEs”). These must be replaced by other non- or less than-toxic substances. Manufacturers must comply with significant, and potentially costly, compliance requirements in order to meet the ROHS deadline. Some of our products may not have been converted before the deadline. As a result, we may not be allowed to sell those products in the EU until the products are made fully compliant, which could harm our business and financial results. We could also incur additional costs and liabilities in connection with non-compliant product recalls, regulatory fines and exclusion of non-compliant products from certain markets.

Our products may contain defects which are not discovered until after shipping.

Our products consist of hardware and software developed by ourselves and others. Our products may contain undetected errors and we have in the past discovered software and hardware errors in certain of our products after their introduction, resulting in warranty expense and other expenses incurred in connection with rectifying such errors. Errors could be found in new versions of our products after commencement of commercial shipment and any such errors could result in a loss or delay in market acceptance of such products and thus harm our reputation and revenues. In addition, errors in our products (including errors in licensed third party software) detected prior to new product releases could result in delays in the introduction of new products and our incurring additional expense, which could harm our operating results. We generally provide a twelve month warranty for certain products, which may cover both parts and labor. In the future, we may incur substantial warranty claim expenses on our products which may exceed our estimated warranty reserves, which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

Actual or perceived security vulnerabilities in our products could adversely affect our revenues.

Maintaining the security of our software and hardware products is an issue of critical importance to our customers and for us. There are individuals and groups who develop and deploy viruses, worms and other malicious software programs that could attack our products. Although we take preventative measures to protect our products, and we have a response team that is notified of high-risk malicious events, these procedures may

22

not be sufficient to mitigate damage to our products. Actual or perceived security vulnerabilities in our products could lead some customers to seek to return products, to reduce or delay future purchases or to purchase competitive products. Customers may also increase their expenditures on protecting their computer systems from attack, which could delay or reduce purchases of our products. Any of these actions or responses by customers could adversely affect our revenues.

System failures or system unavailability could harm our business.

We rely on our network infrastructure, internal technology systems and our internal and external websites for our development, marketing, operational, support and sales activities. Our hardware and software systems related to such activities are subject to damage from malicious code released into the public Internet through recently discovered vulnerabilities in popular software programs. These systems are also subject to acts of vandalism and to potential disruption by actions or inactions of third parties. Any event that causes failures or interruption in our hardware or software systems could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

The location and concentration of our facilities subjects us to the risk of earthquakes, floods or other natural disasters and public health risks.

Our corporate headquarters, including most of our research and development facilities, are located in the San Francisco Bay Area, an area known for seismic activity. This area has also experienced flooding in the past. In addition, many of the components necessary to supply our products are purchased from suppliers based in areas including the San Francisco Bay Area, Taiwan and Japan and are therefore subject to risk from natural disasters. A significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, flood or typhoon, could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our employees, suppliers and customers are located worldwide. We face the risk that our employees, suppliers, or customers, either through travel or contact with other individuals, could become exposed to contagious diseases endemic to particular regions of the world. In addition, governments in those regions have from time-to-time imposed quarantines and taken other actions in response to contagious diseases that could affect our operations. If a significant number of employees, suppliers, or customers were unable to fulfill their obligations, due to contagious diseases, actions taken in response to contagious diseases, or other reasons, our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

We are subject to numerous federal and state employment laws and may face claims in the future under such laws.

We are subject to numerous federal and state employment laws, and from time to time we face claims by our employees and former employees under such laws. Although there are no pending or threatened claims under wage and hour laws against us, we cannot assure you that claims under such laws or other employment-related laws will not be attempted in the future against us, nor can we predict the likely impact of any such claims on us, or that, if asserted, we would be able to successfully resolve any such claims without incurring significant expenses.

We may be subject to the risk of loss due to fire because the materials we use in the manufacturing process of our inks are flammable.

We use flammable materials in the manufacturing processes of our inks and may therefore be subject to the risk of loss arising from fires. The risk of fire associated with these materials cannot be completely eliminated. We own certain facilities that manufacture our inks, which increases our exposure to such risk in case these facilities are destroyed. We maintain insurance policies to reduce losses caused by fire, including business interruption insurance. If one or more of these facilities is damaged or otherwise ceases operations as a result of a fire, it would reduce manufacturing capacity and, consequently, may reduce revenues and adversely affect our business.

23

The value of our investment portfolio is subject to interest rate volatility.

We have an investment portfolio of mainly fixed income securities classified as available-for-sale securities. As a result, our investment portfolio is subject to volatility if market interest rates fluctuate and counterparty risk. We attempt to limit this exposure to interest rate risk by investing in securities with maturities of less than three years; however, we may be unable to successfully limit our risk to interest rate fluctuations and this may cause volatility in our investment portfolio value.

Our stock price has been volatile historically and may continue to be volatile.

The market price for our common stock has been and may continue to be volatile. During the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2008, the price of our common stock as reported on The NASDAQ Global Select Market ranged from a low of $7.56 to a high of $22.44. We expect our stock price to be subject to fluctuations as a result of a variety of factors, including factors beyond our control. These factors include:

• actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly or annual operating results;

• ability to complete share repurchase programs;

• our failure to meet analyst expectations;

• announcements of technological innovations or new products or services by us or our competitors;

• announcements relating to strategic relationships, acquisitions or investments;

• announcements by our customers regarding their businesses or the products in which our products are included;

• changes in financial estimates or other statements by securities analysts;

• changes in general economic conditions;

• terrorist attacks and the effects of military engagements or natural disasters;

• changes in the rating of our securities;

• changes in the economic performance and/or market valuations of other software and high-technology companies; and

• commencement of litigation or adverse results in pending litigation.

Because of this volatility, we may fail to meet the expectations of our stockholders or of securities analysts from time-to-time and the trading prices of our securities could decline as a result. In addition, the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have particularly affected the trading prices of equity securities of many high-technology companies, including the economic uncertainty over the past several months. These fluctuations have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Any negative change in the public’s perception of high-technology companies could depress our stock price regardless of our operating results.

On February 5, 2009, our Board of Directors approved a $100 million share repurchase program, including a $30 million accelerated share repurchase (“ASR”) by utilizing a portion of the proceeds from the recent sale of land and building to Gilead. On February 18, 2009, we entered into an agreement with UBS AG, London branch (“UBS”) to repurchase $30 million of our common stock under the ASR program. We expect to complete the repurchases under the ASR program in the second or third quarter of 2009, with the final completion date subject to the discretion of UBS.

Our stock repurchase program could affect our stock price and add volatility.

Any repurchases pursuant to our stock repurchase program, including our accelerated share repurchase program, could affect our stock price and add volatility. There can be no assurance that the repurchases will be made at the best possible price. Potential risks and uncertainties also include, but are not necessarily limited to, our ability to

24

complete the share repurchases within the originally expected timing, the amount and timing of future share repurchases and the original funds used for such repurchases. The existence of a stock repurchase program could also cause our stock price to be higher than it would be in the absence of such a program and could potentially reduce the market liquidity for our stock.

Additionally, we are permitted to and could discontinue our stock repurchase program at any time and any such discontinuation could cause the market price of our stock to decline.

Under regulations required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, our internal controls over financial reporting may become ineffective, and this could have a negative impact on our stock price.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires that we establish and maintain an adequate internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting and assess on an ongoing basis the design and operating effectiveness of our internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting. Although no known material weaknesses are believed to exist at this time, it is possible that material weaknesses could be identified. If we are unable to remediate the weaknesses, our management would be required to conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting were not effective. In addition to their inherent limitations, internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements, errors, omissions, or fraud.

The matters relating to the shareholder derivative litigation concerning our historical stock option granting practices could require us to continue incurring additional expenses for accounting, legal and other professional services, diverted our management’s attention from our business and had and may continue to have a material adverse effect on our financial performance.

The matters relating to our historical stock option practices and shareholder derivative litigation required us to expend significant management time and incur significant accounting, legal and other expenses.

During the fiscal year of 2008, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) notified us that it had terminated the informal inquiry into the Company’s historical stock option practices and that no enforcement action had been recommended and the Delaware Chancery Court approved the proposed settlement of related shareholder derivative litigation. The settlement provided for the adoption of certain remedial measures, including the cancellation and repricing of certain stock options, certain payments to be made to the Company and the adoption of a number of changes to our corporate governance and procedures. Although we have substantially implemented the proposed remedial measures and the SEC investigation and related shareholder derivative litigation are now closed, there can be no guarantee that we will not incur additional expenses in the future, related to our historical stock option granting practices, the settlement and the remedial measures.

A reduction in our net income as reported on our financial statements could increase the likelihood of identifying a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting.

The threshold for determining whether or not we have a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting and procedures as defined by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act is, in part, based on our generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, net income. Lowered GAAP net income, with an associated lowered materiality threshold, may increase our risk that internal control weaknesses may result in a material misstatement in the financial statements. For example, continued acquisitions, and the associated amortization of intangibles, will increase our amortization expenses and in the future may lower our GAAP earnings which would result in a lower materiality threshold for internal control testing.

Our synthetic lease arrangements may adversely affect our cash flow.

As of December 31, 2008, we were a party to two synthetic leases (the “301 Lease” and the “303 Lease”, together “Leases”) covering our Foster City facilities located at 301 and 303 Velocity Way, Foster City, California. These leases provided a cost effective means of providing adequate office space for our corporate

25

offices. Both Leases were scheduled to expire in July 2014. The leases included an option to purchase the facilities during or at the end of the term of the leases for the amount expended by the lessor to purchase the facilities. We have exercised our purchase option in January 2009 with respect to the 301 Lease. On January 29, 2009, we completed the sale of land and building to Gilead for a total price of $137.5 million, subject to an escrow holdback of $15.5 million. The escrow period expires January 2010. The property sold included approximately thirty acres of land and the office building located on the land at 301 Velocity Way, Foster City, California, consisting of approximately 163,000 square feet and certain other assets related to the property.

We have guaranteed to the lessor a residual value associated with the buildings equal to 82% of their funding of the respective Leases. Under the financial covenants, we must maintain a minimum net worth and a minimum tangible net worth as of the end of each quarter. There is an additional covenant regarding mergers. We were in compliance with all such financial and merger related covenants as of December 31, 2008. We are liable to the lessor for the financed amount of the buildings if we default on our covenants. Since we exercised our purchase option with respect to the 301 Lease, our exposure under our remaining synthetic lease arrangements is $56.9 million as of January 29, 2009.

Our remaining synthetic lease arrangement with respect to the 303 Lease could have significant negative consequences. For example, it could:

• increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions, as we are required to maintain compliance with financial covenants regardless of external conditions;

• limit our ability to obtain additional financing due to covenants and the existing leverage;

• require the dedication of funds to comply with the financial covenants, thereby reducing the availability of cash flow and/or ability to obtain financing to fund our growth strategy, working capital, capital expenditures, and other general corporate purposes; and

• limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and our industry by restricting the funds available for use in addressing such changes; and place us at a competitive disadvantage relative to our competitors.

Item 1B: Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2: Properties

As of December 31, 2008 we owned or leased a total of approximately 1.0 million square feet of space worldwide. The following table sets forth the location, size and use of our principal facilities (square footage in thousands):

Location	Square footage	Leased or owned		Principal uses
	(thousands)
Foster City, California (303 Velocity Way)	295	Leased	**	Corporate offices, design and engineering, product testing, customer service
Foster City, California (301 Velocity Way)	163	Leased	*	Corporate offices sold in January 2009
Meredith, New Hampshire	160	Owned		Manufacturing (VUTEk printers and ink), design and engineering, sales, customer service
Ypsilanti, Michigan	70	Leased		Manufacturing (ink), design and engineering, sales, customer service
Bangalore, India	69	Leased		Design and engineering, sales, administrative services

26

Location	Square footage	Leased or owned	Principal uses
	(thousands)
Norcross, Georgia	52	Leased	Design and engineering
Minneapolis, Minnesota	44	Owned	Design and engineering, customer service, software engineering
Scottsdale, Arizona	29	Leased	Administrative services, customer service
Ratingen, Germany	27	Leased	Software engineering, sales, customer service
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania	26	Leased	Software engineering, sales
Lebanon, New Hampshire	18	Leased	Software engineering
Brussels, Belgium	17	Leased	Sales, customer service
Schiphol-Rijk, The Netherlands	17	Leased	European corporate offices, sales, support services
Parsippany, New Jersey	12	Leased	Design and engineering
Tokyo, Japan	6	Leased	Sales, design and engineering

^* At December 31, 2008, approximately 83,596 square feet were sub-leased. On January 29, 2009, we sold the 163,000 square feet building and approximately 30 acres of land to Gilead. Please see Note 13—Sale of Land and Building in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further disclosure.

^** At our option, we could purchase the facilities during or at the end of the leases for the amount expended by the lessor to purchase the facilities. Please see Note 8—Commitment and Contingencies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

We believe that our facilities, in general, are adequate for our present needs. We do not expect that, if the need arises, we would experience difficulties in obtaining additional space at fair market rates.

Item 3: Legal Proceedings

Legal Proceedings

We may be involved, from time to time, in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations and proceedings relating to contractual disputes, securities law, intellectual property, employment matters and other claims or litigation matters relating to various claims that arise in the normal course of our business. We determine whether an estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. We assess our potential liability by analyzing our specific litigation and regulatory matters using available information. We develop our views on estimated losses in consultation with inside and outside counsel, which involves a subjective analysis of potential results and outcomes, assuming various combinations of appropriate litigation and settlement strategies. Because of the uncertainties related to both the amount and ranges of possible loss on the pending litigation matters, we are unable to predict with certainty the precise liability that could finally result from a range of possible unfavorable outcomes. However, taking all of the above factors into account, we reserve an amount that we could reasonably expect to pay for the cases discussed. However, our estimates could be wrong, and we could pay more or less than our current accrual. Litigation can be costly, diverting management’s attention and could, upon resolution, have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow.

As of December 31, 2008, the end of the annual period covered by this report, we are subject to the various claims, lawsuits, investigations or proceedings discussed below, as well as certain other legal proceedings that have arisen in the ordinary course of business. We also settled certain matters during the fourth quarter of 2008.

Leggett & Platt, Inc. and L&P Property Management Company:

On November 6, 2007, EFI filed a complaint against Leggett & Platt, Inc. and its patent holding subsidiary, L&P Property Management Company in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Missouri for declaratory and injunctive relief challenging the validity and enforceability of a patent issued to L&P. The challenged patent is a continuation of a patent that L&P previously asserted against EFI in a prior court action. The court ultimately

27

invalidated the patent in the prior court action on multiple grounds. EFI firmly believes that the court should summarily invalidate the continuation patent for similar reasons. Further, EFI believes that L&P’s failure to adequately disclose the previous lawsuit proceedings to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office amounts to inequitable conduct that should render the new patent unenforceable. Thus, EFI has filed a motion for summary judgment on these issues. L&P filed counterclaims against EFI, including claims for alleged infringement of the continuation patent. While EFI believes that its products do not infringe, due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, we cannot accurately predict the ultimate outcome of this litigation.

Durst Fototechnik Technology GmbH v. Electronics for Imaging, GmbH et al.:

On February 23, 2007, Durst brought a patent infringement action against Electronics for Imaging, GmbH (“EFI GmbH”) in the Mannheim District Court in Germany. On May 10, 2007, EFI GmbH filed its Statement of Defenses. These defenses include lack of jurisdiction, non-infringement, invalidity and unenforceability based on Durst’s improper actions before the German patent office. The Company filed its Statement of Defense on August 29, 2007. EFI’s defenses include those for EFI GmbH, as well as an additional defense for prior use based on EFI’s own European patent rights. The Mannheim court conducted a trial on November 30, 2007. At the conclusion of the trial, the court ordered the parties to provide further briefing regarding issues raised by EFI regarding the validity of Durst’s patent. On February 15, 2008, the Court decided to appoint an expert to assist it on questions related to the validity of the Durst utility model right. EFI will continue to defend itself vigorously. While EFI believes that its products do not infringe any valid claim of Durst’s patent, due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, we cannot accurately predict the ultimate outcome of this litigation.

Acacia | Screentone Patent Litigation:

On August 8, 2007, Screentone Systems Corporation, a subsidiary of Acacia Technologies Group, initiated litigation against several defendants, including Konica Minolta Printing Solutions, Canon USA, and Ricoh Americas, for infringement of a patent related to apparatus and methods of digital halftoning in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas. Konica Minolta, Canon and Ricoh are EFI customers. EFI has contractual obligations to indemnify its customers to varying degrees and subject to various circumstances. At least one defendant has written requesting indemnification for any EFI products that allegedly infringe these patents.

In order to protect its products and its customers, on November 13, 2007 EFI filed a declaratory judgment action (“DJ”) in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California seeking to invalidate the patent asserted in the Texas action, as well as an additional patent Acacia identified in previous correspondence. At about the same time, other defendants from the Texas actions filed DJ actions in Washington and Delaware. A federal multidistrict litigation panel consolidated all cases with EFI’s case in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, where the consolidated cases are now proceeding. The claims challenging the patent first asserted in the Texas action remain pending, and the consolidated case is currently set for trial on August 30, 2010.

While EFI does not believe that its products infringed any valid claim of Acacia and Screentone’s patents, due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, we cannot accurately predict the ultimate outcome of this litigation.

Bureau of Industry and Security Export Investigation:

In January 2005, prior to EFI’s acquisition of VUTEk, the U.S. Commerce Department’s Bureau of Industry and Security (“BIS”) initiated an investigation of VUTEk relating to VUTEk’s alleged failure to comply with U.S. export regulations in connection with several export sales to Syria in 2004. EFI self-initiated an internal compliance review of historical export practices for both VUTEk and EFI. Potential violations uncovered during our compliance review were voluntarily disclosed to BIS in November 2006 (for VUTEk) and December 2006 (for EFI). Additionally, we provided BIS with detailed reports of our compliance review findings and supplemental information in March 2007 (for VUTEk) and May 2007 (for EFI). The areas of possible non-compliance found in the internal review relate to: (1) deemed exports of controlled encryption source code and/or technology to foreign nationals of Syria and Iran, (2) exports of printers and other products with encryption functionality before completion of encryption reviews by BIS and (3) statistical reporting errors on

28

some export declarations. The Office of Export Enforcement at BIS HQ referred the VUTEk matter to an attorney in the Office of Chief Counsel for Industry and Security for final determination. In December 2008, these matters were resolved with administrative penalties of $32,000.

Purported Derivative Shareholder Complaints:

Beginning on August 16, 2006, several purported derivative shareholder complaints were filed in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of San Mateo, the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, and Delaware Chancery Court. The complaints generally alleged that certain of the Company’s current and former officers and/or directors breached their fiduciary duties by improperly backdating stock option grants to various officers and directors in violation of the Company’s stock option plans, as well as in improperly accounting for the allegedly backdated options in violation of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. The actions in the Northern District of California also alleged that the individual defendants violated the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Delaware actions also purported to be brought on behalf of a class consisting of all others similarly situated and alleged a class claim for breach of the fiduciary duty of disclosure. The actions filed in San Mateo County were dismissed without prejudice. The actions in the Northern District of California were stayed in deference to the litigation pending in Delaware.

On September 4, 2008, the Delaware Chancery Court approved the previously disclosed proposed settlement of related shareholder derivative litigation concerning the Company’s historical option granting practices. On October 6, 2008, the time to file a notice of appeal from the Chancery Court’s order approving the settlement elapsed, and no notice of appeal was filed.

Pursuant to the settlement, the Company received $5.0 million in insurance proceeds and paid approximately $3.1 million in plaintiffs’ legal fees and costs in October 2008. The settlement also provided for the adoption of certain remedial measures, including the cancellation and repricing of certain stock options, certain payments to be made to the Company and the adoption of a number of changes to EFI’s corporate governance and procedures.

Tesseron Patent Litigation:

On September 26, 2007, Tesseron, Ltd. initiated litigation against Konica Minolta Business Solutions USA, Konica Minolta Business Technologies and Konica Minolta Holdings for infringement of eight patents related to variable printing technology in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Ohio, Eastern Division. Konica Minolta is an EFI customer and the complaint references EFI Fiery variable data enabled printer controllers. EFI has contractual obligations to indemnify its customers to varying degrees and subject to various circumstances. Konica Minolta has written requesting indemnification for any EFI products that allegedly infringe these patents. On December 6, 2007, Tesseron filed an amended complaint in the Ohio action wherein it added EFI and Ricoh as defendants, but dropped 6 of the 8 original patents in suit.

On October 30, 2007, EFI filed a complaint against Tesseron in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, which subsequently transferred the action to the United States District Court for the Northern District of Ohio. EFI’s complaint sought a declaratory judgment that Tesseron’s patents are invalid and/or not infringed. EFI also sought to prevent Tesseron and its attorneys from threatening EFI or its OEM customers with infringement of those patents, or bringing a lawsuit claiming infringement with regard to such products. After transfer of EFI’s action to Ohio, EFI negotiated for a covenant not to sue on 6 of the 8 patents that Tesseron had originally threatened against EFI and its customers.

On September 30, 2008, EFI reached a settlement with Tesseron and, on October 17, 2008, the Ohio District Court dismissed EFI’s and Tesseron’s claims, defenses, and counterclaims against one another. The terms of the settlement between the parties are confidential and the amount has been paid to Tesseron in full.

Item 4: Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

None.

29

PART II

Item 5: Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our common stock has traded on the NASDAQ National Market (now The NASDAQ Global Select Market) under the symbol EFII since October 2, 1992. The table below lists the high and low sales price during each quarter the stock was traded in 2008 and 2007.

	2008				2007
	Q1	Q2	Q3	Q4	Q1	Q2	Q3	Q4
High	22.44	16.85	17.16	13.96	27.01	30.20	30.11	27.86
Low	12.35	14.00	13.10	7.56	22.11	23.44	23.52	20.56

As of February 20, 2009 there were 290 stockholders of record. Because many of such shares are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to provide the actual number of stockholders represented by these record holders.

We did not declare or pay cash dividends on our capital stock in either fiscal year 2008 or 2007. We currently anticipate that we will retain all available funds for the operation of our business and will not pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Information regarding our equity compensation plans may be found in Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is incorporation herein by reference.

Repurchases of Equity Securities

Purchases of equity securities during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 were (in thousands except for per share amounts):

Fiscal month	Total number of shares purchased(2)	Average price paid per share		Total number of shares purchased as part of publicly announced plans	Approximate dollar value of shares that may yet be purchased under the plans(1)
January 2008	901	$	13.75	901	$	85,412
February 2008	1,096	$	15.13	1090	$	68,922
March 2008	1	$	14.00	0	$	—
April 2008	6	$	14.42	0	$	—
May 2008	838	$	15.94	837	$	55,580
June 2008	0	$	—	0	$	55,580
July 2008	110	$	14.01	109	$	54,049
August 2008	729	$	15.39	729	$	42,829
September 2008	4	$	13.88	0	$	42,829
October 2008	418	$	9.26	418	$	38,950
November 2008	617	$	9.35	614	$	33,208
December 2008	33	$	9.76	0	$	33,208
Total	4,753	$	13.72	4,698

⁽¹⁾ In November 2007, our Board of Directors authorized $100.0 million to be used for the repurchase of outstanding common stock. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, we repurchased a total of

30

4.7 million shares for an aggregate purchase price of $64.6 million under these publicly announced plans. In February 2009, the $33.2 million remaining for repurchase under the 2007 board authorization was canceled by the Board of Directors and replaced with a new authorization to purchase an additional $100.0 million of outstanding common stock. Our buyback program is limited by SEC regulations and compliance with the Company’s insider trading policy.

⁽²⁾ Includes approximately 55 thousand shares purchased from employees to satisfy tax withholding obligations that arise on the vesting of shares of restricted stock awards and stock units in addition to the 4.7 million shares repurchased pursuant to our stock repurchase program.

Comparison of Cumulative Total Return among Electronics For Imaging, Inc., Nasdaq Composite and Nasdaq Computer Manufacturers Index

The stock price performance graph below includes information required by the SEC and shall not be deemed incorporated by reference by any general statement incorporating by reference this Annual Report into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended or under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended (the “Exchange Act”), except to the extent the Company specifically incorporates this information by reference, and shall not otherwise be deemed soliciting material or filed under such Acts or subject to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act.

31

The following graph demonstrates a comparison of cumulative total returns based upon an initial investment of $100 in the Company’s Common Stock as compared with the NASDAQ Composite and the NASDAQ Computers and Manufacturers Index. The stock price performance shown on the graph below is not indicative of future price performance and only reflects the Company’s relative stock price for the five-year period ending on December 31, 2008. All values assume reinvestment of dividends and are calculated at December 31 of each year.

32

Item 6: Selected Financial Data

The following table summarizes selected consolidated financial data as of and for the five years ended December 31, 2008. This information should be read in conjunction with Item 7: “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto. For a more detailed description, see Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

	For the year ended December 31,
(in thousands, except per share amounts)	2008			2007			2006			2005			2004
Operations(1)
Revenue	$	560,380		$	620,586		$	564,611		$	467,117		$	394,604
Gross profit		317,417			361,147			335,170			288,452			256,113
Income (loss) from operations(2)(3)		(145,015	)		(2,231	)		15,561			(13,948	)		11,112
Net income (loss)(2)(3)	$	(113,444	)	$	26,843		$	(183	)	$	(5,180	)	$	35,565
Earnings per share
Net income (loss) per basic common share	$	(2.16	)	$	0.47		$	(0.00	)	$	(0.10	)	$	0.66
Net income (loss) per diluted common share	$	(2.16	)	$	0.44		$	(0.00	)	$	(0.10	)	$	0.60
Shares used in basic per-share calculation		52,553			56,679			56,559			54,425			53,898
Shares used in diluted per-share calculation		52,553			68,102			56,559			54,425			63,979
Financial Position
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments	$	189,351		$	499,852		$	510,171		$	469,616		$	659,559
Working capital		293,830			270,677			261,774			459,077			617,076
Total assets		751,948			1,157,739			1,144,651			1,088,438			1,025,323
Convertible senior debentures		—			240,000			240,000			240,000			240,000
Stockholders’ equity		601,218			743,996			751,578			710,739			674,026

⁽¹⁾ These results include acquired company results of operations beginning on the date of acquisition. See Note 2—Acquisitions of our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a summary of recent acquisitions.

⁽²⁾ Includes stock-based compensation expense under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123(R)”) of $33.4 million, $24.5 million, and $23.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. Because we implemented SFAS 123(R) as of January 1, 2006, prior periods do not reflect stock-based compensation expense related to this new accounting standard. See Note 12 of Notes to consolidated financial statements.

⁽³⁾ Includes goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges of $111.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Includes restructuring and other charges of $11.0 million, $1.5 million, and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31 2008, 2007, and 2006. Includes acquired in-process research and development costs of $2.7 million $0 million, $8.5 million, $45.3 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004 respectively. See Note 2—Acquisitions of Notes to consolidated financial statements. Also includes real-estate related charges of $14.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 and restructuring charges of $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.

33

Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

All assumptions, anticipations, expectations and forecasts contained herein are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that involve risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include, among others, those statements including the words “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “believes” and similar language. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed here. For a discussion of the factors that could impact our results, readers are referred to Item 1A “Risk Factors” in Part I of this Annual Report and to our other reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We do not assume any obligation to update the forward-looking statements provided to reflect events that occur or circumstances that exist after the date on which they were made.

Overview

Key financial results for 2008 were as follows:

• Our consolidated revenues decreased by approximately 10%, or $60.2 million, from $620.6 million in 2007 to $560.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. This was due primarily to the Controllers product revenues, which contributed $52.7 million of the decrease in 2008.

• Gross margins decreased to 57% in 2008 versus 58% in 2007 due to a greater percentage of Inkjet products sales which have lower gross margins than our APPS and Controller products.

• Operating expenses as a percent of revenues increased from 59% in 2007 to 82% in 2008 primarily due to impairment charges recorded on goodwill and certain long lived assets as a result of the impairment analysis conducted during the fourth quarter, in-process research & development write-off charges related to our acquisition of Pace and Rastek, and increased restructuring and other costs as a result of headcount reductions and facility closures during the year. Had these costs not be included in operating expenses, our total operating expenses for 2008 would have been 60% of revenues, which approximates prior year total operating expenses as a percentage of revenues.

• Interest and other income decreased from 4% of revenue in 2007 to 2% of revenue in 2008 driven by lower interest income on our investments on lower investment balances and interest rates. We sold a substantial portion of our investment portfolio during the first five months of 2008 in order to generate cash for the redemption of our 1.50% convertible senior debentures, which occurred on June 2, 2008.

• In 2008, we recorded a benefit from income taxes of $19.6 million on pretax loss of $133.1 million and, in 2007, we recorded a benefit from income taxes of $4.6 million on pretax income of $22.2 million. The change from 2008 to 2007 primarily related to a pre-tax loss of $133.1 million incurred in 2008.

34

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth items in our consolidated statements of operations as a percentage of total revenue for 2008, 2007 and 2006. These operating results are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

	Years ended December 31,
	2008		2007		2006
Revenue	100	%	100	%	100	%
Gross Profit	57	%	58	%	59	%
Operating expenses:
Research and development	25	%	23	%	23	%
Sales and marketing	21	%	19	%	18	%
General and administrative	8	%	11	%	8	%
Restructuring and other	2	%	—	%	—	%
Amortization of identified intangibles	5	%	6	%	6	%
In-process research and development	1	%	—	%	2	%
Goodwill and asset impairment	20	%	—	%	—	%
Total operating expenses	82	%	59	%	57	%
Income (loss) from operations	(25	)%	(1	)%	2	%
Interest and other income, net	2	%	4	%	5	%
Income (loss) before income taxes	(23	)%	3	%	7	%
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes	4	%	1	%	(7	)%
Net income (loss)	(19	)%	4	%	—	%

Revenue

We currently classify our revenue into three categories. The first category, “Controllers,” includes products and technology which connect digital copiers with computer networks, and is made up of stand-alone controllers and embedded desktop controllers, bundled solutions and design-licensed solutions primarily for the office market and commercial printing. This category includes our Fiery series (external print servers and embedded servers), Splash and MicroPress, color and black and white server products, software options for Fiery products and parts. It also includes server-related revenue comprised of scanning solutions. The second category, “Inkjet Products,” consists of sales of the super-wide and wide format inkjet printers, industrial inkjet printers, inks, and parts and services revenue from the VUTEk, Jetrion, and Rastek businesses. The third category, “Advanced Professional Print Software,” or APPS, consists of software technology focused on printing workflow, print management information systems (PMIS), proofing and e-commerce and job tracking tools. APPS also consists of revenue from the Pace business in PMIS and e-commerce solutions.

Our revenues by product category for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were as follows (in thousands):

	Years ended December 31,												% change
Revenue	2008				2007(1)				2006(1)				2008 over 2007		2007 over 2006
Controllers	$	278,738	50	%	$	331,474	53	%	$	328,443	58	%	(16	)%	1	%
Inkjet Products		219,959	39	%		229,253	37	%		180,203	32	%	(4	)%	27	%
Advanced Professional Printing Software		61,683	11	%		59,859	10	%		55,965	10	%	3	%	7	%
Total revenue	$	560,380	100	%	$	620,586	100	%	$	564,611	100	%	(10	)%	10	%

35

⁽¹⁾ Revenues in Controllers and APPS categories for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2007 have been revised to reflect the reclassification of Controller-related software revenue from the APPS category to the Controllers category. Total revenue from the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2007 have not changed.

Overview

Revenue was $560.4 million in 2008, compared to $620.6 million in 2007 and $564.6 million in 2006 resulting in a 10% decrease in 2008 versus 2007 and a 10% increase in 2007 versus 2006. The $60.2 million decrease in 2008 compared to 2007 was primarily due to a $52.7 million decrease in Controllers revenues and a $9.3 million decrease in Inkjet product revenues, offset by a slight increase of $1.8 million in APPS revenues.

Controllers Revenues

In our Controllers category, revenue declined by $52.7 million or 16% in 2008 versus 2007, which was primarily driven by reduced demand from our OEM customers throughout the world due to a slowing global economy. The tightening of global credit markets also contributed to the decline as it has become relatively more difficult for some of our customers to obtain financing.

Inkjet Products Revenues

Inkjet product revenues were $220.0 million in 2008 as compared to $229.3 million in 2007. The year-over-year decline of $9.3 million or 4% was primarily due to substantially lower printer volume in the fourth quarter of 2008, as year-over-year revenues in the fourth quarter of 2008 versus 2007 decreased by $21.5 million or 31% in total. It has become relatively more difficult for customers to obtain financing to purchase our products due to the tightening of global credit markets. In addition, the softening of the retail sector and the related demand for signs, billboards and point of purchase displays has impacted our customers’ businesses and their demand for ink, which resulted in a lower demand for our ink products in the fourth quarter of 2008.

Inkjet product revenues were $180.2 million in 2006 as compared to $229.3 million in 2007. The increase is due to the continued sales of VUTEk’s QS series of UV printers, driven by demand in Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) and the Americas.

Advanced Professional Print Software Revenues

Revenue in the Advanced Professional Print Software category increased by $1.8 million or 3% in 2008 over 2007, primarily due to the strong sales of our PMIS products and partially due to the acquisition of Pace during the third quarter of 2008 which strengthened our PMIS products. The APPS category increased 7% in 2007 over 2006 primarily due to the strength of our suite of products. This category includes our management systems software, including Hagen, Pace, PSI, Logic, PrintSmith and PrintFlow; our web-based order entry and order management software, including Digital StoreFront PrinterSite Suite; and our proofing software, including ColorProof XF and resale of products from third party suppliers such as XmPie software and Manhattan Associates software among others. The software applications in this category generate higher margins, favorably impacting our margins. In 2008, we re-organized our PMIS product lines after the acquisition of Pace in order to better leverage our investment in this segment and concentrate our resources on fewer products. As a result, we are no longer selling PSI and Logic to new customers and have reduced our investment in the development of these products. We currently sell PrintSmith to small print-for-pay and small commercial print shops, Pace to medium and large commercial printers, wide format and digital printers, and Monarch to large commercial printers, publication printers, and digital printers.

36

Revenues by geographic area for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were as follows (in thousands):

	For the years ended December 31,												% change
	2008				2007				2006				2008 over 2007		2007 over 2006
Americas	$	297,896	53	%	$	327,232	53	%	$	303,931	54	%	(9	)%	8	%
EMEA		194,474	35	%		216,308	35	%		175,037	31	%	(10	)%	24	%
Japan		52,048	9	%		58,015	9	%		63,248	11	%	(10	)%	(8	)%
Other international locations		15,962	3	%		19,031	3	%		22,395	4	%	(16	)%	(15	)%
Total revenue	$	560,380	100	%	$	620,586	100	%	$	564,611	100	%	(10	)%	10	%

Revenue declined in 2008 across all regions primarily driven by our Controllers products. In the individual regions, Controllers product revenues in 2008 represented 46%, 43%, 98%, and 41% of revenue in the Americas, EMEA, Japan and other international locations, respectively.

In 2008, revenues in the Americas, EMEA, and Japan regions represented 35%, 53% and 9% of revenues, respectively, with no change from 2007.

Revenue growth in 2007 across all regions was primarily driven by our Inkjet products.

Shipments to some of our U.S. OEM customers are made to centralized purchasing and manufacturing locations, which in turn ship to other locations, making it more difficult to obtain accurate geographical shipment data. Accordingly, we believe that export sales of our products into each region may differ from what is reported. We expect that sales outside of the United States will continue to represent a significant portion of our total revenue.

A substantial portion of our revenue over the years has been attributable to sales of products through our OEM customers and independent distributor channels. For the year ended December 31, 2008, two customers—Canon and Xerox—each provided more than 10% of our revenue individually and approximately 29% of revenue in the aggregate. For the year ended December 31, 2007, two customers—Canon and Xerox—each provided more than 10% of our revenue individually and approximately 31% of revenue in the aggregate. For the year ended December 31, 2006, Canon and Xerox each provided more than 10% of our revenue individually and approximately 34% of revenue in the aggregate. We have shown decreasing dependency on the OEM business although in 2008, 49% of our revenues were from non-OEM sources. In 2007 and 2006, 51% and 52% respectively of our business was from non-OEM sources. We do not expect a decrease in OEM revenue in 2009 as a percentage of total revenue, but over time we do expect the OEM percentage to decline.

The decreasing reliance on major OEM partners is attributable to the increasing percentage of revenue derived from the Inkjet Products business and APPS business where most of the revenue is generated from sales to distributors and direct customers. No assurance can be given that our relationships with distributors and direct customers will continue or that we will be successful in maintaining or increasing the number of our OEM customers or the size of our existing OEM relationships. Several of our OEM customers have reduced their purchases from us at various times in the past and any customer could do so in the future as there are no contractual obligations by most of our OEMs to purchase our products at all, or in significant amounts. Such reductions have occurred in the past and could in the future have a significant negative impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations. We expect that if we increase our revenues from our Inkjet Products and our professional printing applications, the percentage of our revenue that comes from individual OEMs will continue to decrease further.

We intend to continue to develop new products and technologies for each of our product lines including new generations of controllers and Controller products and other new product lines and to distribute those new

37

products to or through current and new OEM customers, distribution partners, and end-users in 2009 and beyond. No assurance can be given that the introduction or market acceptance of current or future products will be successful.

To the extent that sales of our products do not grow over time in absolute terms, or if we are not able to meet demand for higher unit volumes, it could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. There can be no assurance that any products that we introduce in the future will successfully compete, be accepted by the market, or otherwise effectively replace the volume of revenue and/or income from our older products. Market acceptance of our software products, products acquired through acquisitions and other products cannot be assured.

We also believe that in addition to the factors described above, price reductions for all of our products may affect revenues in the future. We have previously reduced and in the future will likely reduce prices for our products. Depending upon the price-elasticity of demand for our products, the pricing and quality of competitive products, and other economic and competitive conditions, such price reductions have had and may in the future have an adverse impact on our revenues and profits.

Stock-based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expenses were $33.4 million, $24.5 million, and $23.7 million respectively for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006. The year-over-year increase of $8.9 million or 36% from 2007 to 2008 was primarily due to the absence of equity award issuances for the first 10 months of 2007 as a result of the stock options investigation conducted at that time. See Note 12 of our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more discussion of Stock-based compensation.

Gross Margins

Our gross margins were 57%, 58%, and 59% for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The decrease in gross margins in 2008 and 2007 was primarily due to the greater mix of Inkjet sales. Our inkjet printers have a lower gross margin than our Controllers and APPS product lines. Product mix is a significant driver in our gross margins and we cannot predict the impact that product mix will have on future gross margin results. Our inkjet product line is growing as a percentage of revenue which decreases gross margin percentage. For 2008 inkjet revenues were 39% of total revenue as compared to 37% and 32% of total revenues in 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Gross margins on our inkjet products are lower than gross margins on our Controllers business. Our ink sales represent a continuing revenue stream to existing customers that will increase if our inkjet customers’ production increases. Ink margins are typically higher than overall inkjet margins.

If our product mix changes significantly, our gross margins will fluctuate. In addition, gross margins can be impacted by a variety of other factors. These factors include the market prices that can be achieved on our current and future products, the availability and pricing of key components (including DRAM, Processors, and print heads), third party manufacturing costs, product, channel and geographic mix, the success of our product transitions and new products, competition and general economic conditions in the United States and abroad. Consequently, gross margins may fluctuate from period to period. In addition to the factors affecting revenue described above, if we reduce prices, gross margins for our products could be lower.

Our print controllers are manufactured by third-party manufacturers who purchase most of the necessary components. If our third-party manufacturers cannot obtain the necessary components at favorable prices, we could experience an increase in our product costs. We purchase certain parts directly, including processors, memory, certain ASICs and software licensed from various sources, including PostScript^® interpreter software, which we license from Adobe.

38

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses increased by 27% in 2008 over 2007 and increased by 14% in 2007 over 2006. Operating expenses as a percentage of revenue totaled 82%, 59%, and 57% for 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. The increase in operating expenses as a percentage of revenue in 2008 versus 2007 primarily resulted from impairment charges incurred on goodwill and long-lived assets during the fourth quarter of 2008, in-process research and development write-off costs related to the acquisition of Pace and Rastek, and an increase in restructuring and other costs, The increase in operating expenses as a percentage of revenue in 2007 versus 2006 primarily resulted from increases in personnel related costs.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs associated with personnel, consulting and prototype parts. Research and development expenses were $140.4 million or 25% of revenue in 2008 compared to $140.5 million or 23% of revenue in 2007 and $127.9 million or 23% of revenue in 2006. The slight decrease of $0.1 million in 2008 was primarily due to a $5.3 million decrease in personnel-related costs, a $1.0 million decrease in consulting expenses, and a $2.7 million decrease in prototypes and non-recurring engineering expenses offset by a $3.9 million increase in stock-based compensation expense, a $0.9 million increase in depreciation of fixed assets, and a $3.5 million increase in allocation of overhead expenses due to a change in allocation methodology in certain overhead expenses. The increase of $12.6 million in 2007 versus 2006 was primarily due to a $9.7 million increase in employee costs related to increased headcount as a result of our investments in our research and development organizations, a $2.0 million increase in consulting fees, a $1.2 million increase in prototype expenses and a $.7 million increase in stock-based compensation expense and other equity plan related costs.

Research and development headcount was 894 and 914 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

We believe that the development of new products and the enhancement of existing products are essential to our success and we intend to continue to devote substantial resources to research and new product development efforts. Accordingly, we expect that our research and development expenses may increase in absolute terms and also as a percentage of revenue in future periods.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing include personnel expenses, costs of trade shows, marketing programs and promotional materials, sales commissions, travel and entertainment expenses, depreciation, and costs associated with sales offices in the United States, Europe, Asia, and other locations around the world. Sales and marketing expenses for 2008 were $119.4 million or 21% of revenue compared to $120.4 million or 19% of revenue in 2007 and $99.2 million or 18% of revenue in 2006.

The $1.0 million decrease in expenses in 2008 versus 2007 was primarily related to a $3.2 million decrease in marketing and travel-related expenses and a $0.5 million decrease in consulting expenses offset by a $2.1 million increase in stock-based compensation expense, and a $0.8 million increase in allocation of overhead expenses due to a change in allocation methodology in certain overhead expenses. The $21.3 million increase in expenses in 2007 versus 2006 was primarily related to a $10.8 million increase in personnel costs related to increased headcount and related sales commissions attributable to the increase in Inkjet sales, a $3.4 million increase in overhead expenses related to the Inkjet expansion in the EMEA region, a $3.2 million increase in travel-related expenses, and a $1.4 million increase in Inkjet promotional expenses.

Sales and marketing headcount was 515 and 519 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Over time, our sales and marketing expenses may increase in absolute terms as we continue to actively promote our products, introduce new products and services, and continue to build our sales and marketing organization, particularly in Europe and Asia Pacific. Sales and marketing expenses may also increase as we continue to grow

39

our software solutions, Inkjet products, and other new product lines, which require greater sales and marketing support from us. We expect that if the U.S. dollar remains volatile against the Euro or other currencies, sales and marketing expenses reported in U.S. dollars could fluctuate.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of costs associated with administrative personnel, legal and accounting expense and stock option investigation costs. General and administrative expenses were $47.7 million or 8% of revenue in 2008 compared to $67.5 million or 11% of revenue in 2007 and $47.6 million or 8% of revenue in 2006. The $19.8 million decrease in 2008 versus 2007 consists primarily of a decrease of $18.3 million in legal and accounting expenses related to the stock option investigation completed in 2007 and U.S. Internal Revenue Code Section 409A tax payments made to the U.S. government on behalf of employees, a decrease of acquisition costs of $1.5 million, and a decrease of $5.0 million in allocation of overhead expenses as a result of a change in allocation methodology on certain overhead expenses offset by a $3.8 million increase in legal expenses, and a $2.3 million increase in stock-based compensation expense.

The $19.9 million increase in 2007 versus 2006 consists primarily of $9.2 million in legal and accounting expenses related to the stock option investigation, a $3.9 million increase in personnel costs as a result of headcount growth to support the growth in the VUTEk business, a $3.8 million increase in bad debt expense due to the prior year reversal of the VUTEk acquisition allowance for doubtful accounts, $1.5 million in costs related to an acquisition that was not consummated in the first quarter of 2007, and a $1.3 million increase in personnel costs related to the tax settlement pursuant to Section 409A of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code.

Restructuring and Other

Restructuring and other costs totaled $11.0 million or 2% of revenue in 2008. We announced and implemented restructuring plans during 2008 that included organizational changes within targeted research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administration functions to better align spending levels with expected revenues. These charges primarily include cash severance costs, benefits continuation costs, outplacement costs, and facility closure costs related to five sites.

Amortization of Identified Intangibles

Amortization of identified intangibles was $29.4 million or 5% of revenue in 2008 versus $33.5 million or 6% of revenue in 2007 and $35.5 million or 6% of revenue in 2006. The decrease of $4.1 million in 2008 versus 2007 is due to several intangible assets becoming fully amortized in 2008, offset partially by the increased amortization from Pace and Rastek intangible assets beginning in 2008. The decrease of $2.0 million in 2007 versus 2006 is due to several intangible assets becoming fully amortized in 2007.

In-Process Research and Development

In 2008, we incurred in-process research and development expenses of $2.7 million as a result of our acquisitions of Pace and Rastek during the third and fourth quarters, respectively. No in-process research and development expenses were incurred in 2007. In 2006, we incurred in-process research and development expenses of $8.5 million as a result of our acquisition of Jetrion.

Interest and Other Income, Net

Interest and other income

Interest and other income was $13.5 million in 2008 compared with $29.5 million in 2007 and $24.0 million in 2006. The decrease of $16.0 million from 2007 to 2008 was driven by lower interest income on our investments as a result of lower investment balances and interest rates as we sold a substantial portion of our investment portfolio during the first five months of 2008 in order to generate cash for the redemption of our 1.50%

40

convertible senior debentures, which occurred on June 2, 2008. Interest and other income was $29.5 million in 2007 compared with $24.0 million in 2006, an increase of $5.5 million. The increase was attributable to higher interest rates and higher average cash, cash equivalents and investment balances. We had net realized gains on our marketable securities of $3.9 million in 2008, and net realized losses of $0.3 million and $0.2 million in 2007, and 2006, respectively.

Interest expense

Interest expense consists of interest and debt amortization costs related to our 1.50% convertible senior debentures. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $1.5 million compared to $5.0 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The decrease of $3.5 million from 2007 to 2008 was driven by the redemption of the outstanding balance of our 1.50% convertible senior debentures on June 2, 2008, which totaled $240.0 million.

Gain on Sale of Product Line

During the second quarter of 2006, we sold our inventory and net assets related to our Mobile Workforce Automation line of products.

Goodwill and Long-Lived Asset Impairment

We perform our annual impairment analysis of goodwill in the third quarter of each year according to the provisions of SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS 142”). The provision requires that we perform a two-step impairment test on goodwill. In the first step, we compare the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit, goodwill is not impaired and we are not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then we must perform the second step of the impairment testing to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is calculated by deducting the fair value of all tangible and intangible assets of the reporting unit, excluding goodwill, from the fair value of the reporting unit as determined in the first step. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then we record an impairment loss equal to the difference.

We performed our annual valuation analysis of goodwill on September 30, 2008 in accordance with SFAS142 as stated above. The goodwill valuation analysis was performed based on our respective reporting units—Controller, Inkjet, and Advanced Professional Print Software. Our reporting units are consistent with our product categories identified in Note 15 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Our product categories meet the definition of a reporting unit one level below an operating segment in accordance with SFAS 142 as each product category constitute a business for which discrete financial information is available and reviewed by segment management.

We determined the fair value of the Inkjet reporting unit based on a weighting of market and income approaches. The fair value of the Controller and APPS reporting units was determined based on the market approach. Under the market approach, we estimated the fair value based on market multiples of revenues or earnings. Under the income approach, we measured fair value of the reporting units based on a projected cash flow method using a discount rate determined by our management which is commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model. Based on our valuation results, we had determined that the fair values of our reporting units continued to exceed their carrying values. Therefore, management determined that no goodwill impairment charge was required as of September 30, 2008.

We assess the impairment of identifiable intangibles and long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable or that the life of the asset may need to be revised. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include the following:

• significant negative industry or economic trends;

41

• significant decline in our stock price for a sustained period;

• our market capitalization relative to net book value; and

• significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business.

When we determine that the carrying value of intangibles or long-lived assets may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, we measure the potential impairment based on a projected discounted cash flow method using a discount rate determined by our management to be commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model. Our annual review of goodwill performed in the third quarter of 2008 indicated that there was no impairment of goodwill. We performed our annual valuation analysis of goodwill on September 30, 2008 in accordance with SFAS142 as stated above.

During the fourth quarter of 2008, our market capitalization declined significantly as a result of declining worldwide economic conditions caused by the tightening of global credit markets. Based on a combination of factors including the recent economic environment, the resulting erosion in our market capitalization, and the lowering of our 2009 revenue outlook subsequent to the third quarter of 2008, we performed an interim impairment analysis during the fourth quarter of 2008.

Based on the internal market-based valuation that we performed, the fair value of the Controller and APPS product categories significantly exceeded their carrying value as of December 31, 2008. Consequently, it was not considered necessary to obtain a third party valuation of these reporting units. A third party interim valuation was obtained with respect to the Inkjet product category, which was equally weighted between the income and market approach.

Based on the outcome of the interim impairment analysis, we concluded that an impairment had occurred relating to the Inkjet product category resulting in a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $104 million during the fourth quarter of 2008. There were no impairments of goodwill, intangible assets, or other long-lived assets in 2007 and 2006.

Solely for purposes of establishing inputs for the fair value calculations described above related to goodwill impairment testing, we made the following assumptions:

• the current economic downturn will continue through fiscal year 2010,

• the economic downturn is partially mitigated by new product introductions in 2010,

• followed by a recovery period between 2011 and 2013, and

• long-term industry growth past 2013.

Our discounted cash flow projections for the Inkjet reporting unit were based on five-year financial forecasts. The five-year forecasts were based on annual financial forecasts developed internally by management for use in managing our business and through discussions with the independent valuation firm engaged by us. The significant assumptions of these five-year forecasts included annual revenue growth rates ranging from -11.0% to 12% for the Inkjet reporting unit. The future cash flows were discounted to present value using a mid-year convention and a discount rate of 16%. Terminal values were calculated using the Gordon growth methodology with a long-term growth rate of 4.5%. The sum of the fair values of the Controllers, APPS, and Inkjet reporting units was reconciled to our current market capitalization (based on our stock price) plus an estimated control premium. The significant assumptions used in determining fair values of the reporting units using comparable company market values include the determination of appropriate market comparables, the estimated multiples of revenue, EBIT, and EBITDA that a willing buyer is likely to pay, and the estimated control premium a willing buyer is likely to pay.

Given the current economic environment and the uncertainties regarding the impact on our business, there can be no assurance that our estimates and assumptions regarding the duration of the ongoing economic downturn, or the period or strength of recovery, made for purposes of our goodwill impairment testing during the three months ended December 31, 2008 will prove to be accurate predictions of the future. If our assumptions regarding

42

forecasted revenue or gross margin rates are not achieved, we may be required to record additional goodwill impairment charges in future periods relating to any of our reporting units, whether in connection with the next annual impairment testing in the third quarter of 2009 or prior to that, if any such change constitutes a triggering event outside of the quarter from when the annual goodwill impairment test is performed. It is not possible at this time to determine if any such future impairment charge would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be material.

If we were to increase the revenue growth factor by 1%, the impairment amount would be decreased by approximately $2.5 million. If we were to decrease the revenue growth factor by 1%, the impairment amount would be increased by approximately $2.4 million. If we were to decrease the discount rate by 1%, the impairment amount would be decreased by approximately $13.8 million. If we were to increase the discount rate by 1%, the impairment amount would be increased by approximately $8.8 million. We believe that the assumptions and rates used in our impairment test under SFAS142 are reasonable. However, they are judgmental, and variations in any of the assumptions or rates could result in materially different calculations of impairment amounts.

Long-Lived Assets

Other investments, included within Long-Lived Assets, consist of equity and debt investments in privately-held companies that develop products, markets and services that are strategic to us. Investments in which we exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies, but do not have a majority voting interest, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

The process of assessing whether a particular equity investment’s fair value is less than its carrying cost requires a significant amount of judgment due to the lack of a mature and stable public market for these securities. In making this judgment, we carefully consider the investee’s most recent financial results, cash position, recent cash flow data, projected cash flows (both short and long-term), financing needs, recent financing rounds, most recent valuation data, the current investing environment, management or ownership changes, and competition. This process is based primarily on information that we request and receive from these privately-held companies and is performed on a quarterly basis. Although we evaluate all of our privately-held equity investments for impairment based on this criteria, each investment’s fair value is only estimated when events or changes in circumstances have occurred that may have a significant effect on its fair value (because the fair value of each investment is not readily determinable). Where these factors indicate that the equity investment’s fair value is less than its carrying cost, and where we consider such diminution in value to be other than temporary, we record an impairment charge to reduce such equity investment to its estimated net realizable value.

During the fourth quarter of 2008, EFI assessed each remaining investment’s R&D technology pipeline and market conditions for the next several years in the industry and determined that it is no longer probable that they will generate enough positive future cash flows to recover the full carrying amount of the investment. As such, we recognized an impairment charge of $7.9 million.

Income Taxes

In 2008, we recorded a tax benefit of $19.6 million on a pre-tax operating loss of $133.1 million, compared to a tax benefit of $4.6 million recorded in 2007 on pre-tax operating income of $22.2 million and a tax provision of $41.7 million recorded in 2006 on pre-tax operating income of $41.5 million. In each of these years, we benefited from research and development credits. Our taxes also decreased due to both lower taxes on foreign income in 2008 and 2007 and the extra-territorial income exclusion in 2006. Our taxes increased due to both non-deductible stock compensation charges in each of these years, and non-deductible goodwill impairment charges in 2008. As a result of discrete tax adjustments, our taxes in 2008 increased $0.7 million due to interest accrued on prior year tax contingency reserves and $2.5 million related to SFAS 123(R) (“Share-Based Payment”) tax shortfalls. Discrete tax adjustments also reduced our 2008 taxes by $0.5 million due to a reassessment of our taxes resulting

43

from our filing of our 2007 federal and state income tax returns, $2.5 million due to the completion of our 2002-2004 IRS audits, $2.2 million due to one-time severance costs and $0.3 million due to a reduction in tax reserves, established in prior years on income from foreign operations. As a result of discrete tax adjustments, our taxes in 2007 increased $0.3 million due to interest accrued on prior year tax contingency reserves and $0.9 million due to our reassessment of taxes resulting from our filing of our 2006 federal and state income tax returns. Discrete tax adjustments also reduced our 2007 taxes by $1.6 million due to a reassessment of our federal tax contingency reserves, $1.1 million due to a one-time bonus payment to employees related to the temporary suspension of our ESPP program, $0.4 million related to U.S. Internal Revenue Section 409A payments made on employees’ behalf, and $0.5 million valuation allowance release related to compensation deductions that are no longer anticipated to be limited by U.S. Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m). As a result of discrete tax adjustments, our taxes in 2006 were reduced by $0.9 million as a result of the expiration of the statute of limitations for state income tax purposes and $0.4 million due to a reassessment of tax contingency reserves related to the filing of foreign income tax returns, and were increased by $34.9 million due to the migration of the non-North American VUTEk and chipset product lines to our European headquarters and $2.9 million related to sales of the MWA assets.

Effective January 1, 2007 we adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes by requiring a tax position be recognized only when it is more likely than not that the tax position, based on its technical merits, will be sustained upon ultimate settlement with the applicable tax authority. The tax benefit to be recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the applicable tax authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. The cumulative effect of adopting FIN 48 has been recorded as an increase of $4.8 million to retained earnings, and a decrease of $1.1 million and $5.9 million in goodwill and taxes payable respectively.

In the third quarter of 2008, we finalized a closing agreement with the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) to complete their examination of the 2002 through 2004 tax years. As a result of the IRS audit settlement, we also reduced our unrecognized tax benefits by $6.6 million, of which $2.5 million was recorded as a discrete tax benefit. In conjunction with the IRS audit settlement, we also reduced deferred tax assets and equity by $4.1 million and $2.0 million respectively and expect to pay approximately $2.0 million to federal and state tax authorities as a result of the closure of the audit. These adjustments are primarily related to intercompany cost allocations and the research and development credits.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We evaluate our estimates, including those related to bad debts, inventories, intangible assets, income taxes, warranty obligations, purchase commitments, revenue recognition and contingencies on an ongoing basis. The estimates are based upon historical and current experience, the impact of the current economic environment, and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances at the time of the estimate, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

The following are our critical accounting policies and estimates:

• revenue recognition;

• estimating allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory reserves and litigation accruals;

• accounting for stock-based compensation;

• accounting for income taxes;

• valuation analyses for intangible assets and goodwill;

44

• business combinations; and

• the determination of functional currencies for the purposes of consolidating our international operations.

Revenue recognition. We derive our revenue primarily from product revenue, which includes hardware (controllers, design-licensed solutions, and inkjet printers and ink), software and royalties. We also receive services and support revenue from software license maintenance agreements, customer support and training and consulting. As described below, significant management judgments and estimates must be made and used in connection with the revenue recognized in any accounting period. Material differences could result in the amount and timing of our revenue for any period if our management made different judgments or utilized different estimates.

We recognize revenue in accordance with the provisions of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin 104 “Revenue Recognition” (“SAB104”) and, when applicable, Emerging Issues Task Force 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables” (“EITF 00-21”), for the sale of controllers, printers, and ink. As such, revenue is generally recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the product has been delivered or services have been rendered, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.

We use either a purchase order or signed contract as evidence of an arrangement. Sales through some of our OEMs are evidenced by a master agreement governing the relationship together with purchase orders on a transaction-by-transaction basis. Our arrangements do not generally include acceptance clauses. Delivery for hardware generally is complete when title and risk of loss is transferred at point of shipment from manufacturing facilities. In some instances, we also sell products and services in which the terms included in sales arrangements result in different timing for revenue recognition. We assess whether the fee is fixed or determinable based on the terms of the contract or purchase order. We assess collection based on a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the credit-worthiness of the customer. We may not request collateral from our customers. If we determine that collection of a fee is not reasonably assured, we defer the fee and recognize revenue at the time collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of cash.

We license our software primarily under perpetual licenses. Revenue from software consists of software licensing, post-contract customer support and professional consulting. We apply the provisions of Statement of Position 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition” (“SOP 97-2”), as amended by Statement of Position 98-9, “Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, With Respect to Certain Transactions” (“SOP 98-9”), and if applicable, SAB 104 and EITF 00-21 to all transactions involving the sale of software products and hardware transactions where the software is not incidental.

When several elements, including software licenses, post-contract customer support and professional services, are sold to a customer through a single contract, the revenue from such multiple-element arrangements are allocated to each element using the residual method in accordance with SOP 98-9. Revenue is allocated to the support elements and professional service elements of an agreement using vendor specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”) and to the software license portion of the agreements using the residual method. We have established VSOE of the fair value of our professional services based on the rates charged to our customers in stand alone orders. We have also established VSOE of fair value for post-contract customer support based on substantive renewal rates. Accordingly, software license fees are recognized under the residual method for arrangements in which the software is licensed with maintenance and/or professional services, and where the maintenance and professional services are not essential to the functionality of the delivered software. Revenue allocated to software licenses is recognized when the following four basic criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is probable. Revenue allocated to post-contract support is recognized ratably over the term of the support contract assuming the four basic criteria are met. We also have subscription arrangements where the customer pays a fixed fee and receives services over a period of time. We recognize revenue from the subscriptions ratably over the service period. Any upfront setup fees associated with our subscription arrangements are recognized ratably, generally over one year.

45

Allowances for doubtful accounts, inventory reserves, warranty reserves, and litigation accruals. To determine the need for an allowance for doubtful accounts, management must make estimates of the collectability of our accounts receivables. To do so, management analyzes accounts receivable and historical bad debts, customer concentrations, customer credit-worthiness, current economic trends and changes in our customer payment terms when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. Our accounts receivable balance was $97.3 million, net of allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns of $8.5 million, as of December 31, 2008.

Similarly, management must make estimates of potential future inventory obsolescence and purchase commitments to measure the need for inventory reserves. Management analyzes current economic trends, changes in customer demand and the acceptance of our products when evaluating the adequacy of such allowances. Significant management judgments and estimates must be made and used in connection with establishing the allowances and reserves in any accounting period. Material differences may result in changes in the amount and timing of our income for any period if management made different judgments or utilized different estimates. Our inventory balance was $48.8 million, net of inventory reserves of $9.8 million, as of December 31, 2008.

Management must make estimates of potential inventory return rates and replacement or repair costs to measure the need for warranty reserves. Significant management judgments and estimates must be made and used in connection with establishing warranty reserves in any accounting period. Material differences may result in changes in the amount and timing of our income for any period if management made different judgments or utilized different estimates. Warranty reserves were $6.8 million as of December 31, 2008.

We accrue for estimated legal expenses, including potential regulatory fines when the likelihood of the incurrence of the related costs is probable and management has the ability to estimate such costs. Until both of these conditions are met, the related legal expenses are recorded as incurred. The material assumptions we use to estimate the amount of legal expenses include:

• communication between our external attorneys and us on the expected duration of the lawsuit and the estimated expenses during that time;

• our strategy regarding the lawsuit;

• the deductible amounts under the insurance policies; and

• past experiences with similar lawsuits.

The outcome of any particular lawsuit cannot be predicted, and if the outcome is different than expected, our income could be materially impacted, either positively or negatively.

We have from time to time set up allowances or accruals for uncertainties related to revenues and for potential unfavorable outcomes from disputes with customers or vendors. Management bases its estimates for the allowances or accruals on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed to be applicable and reasonable under the circumstances.

Accounting for stock-based compensation. We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with SFAS 123(R), “Share-Based Payment.” We must use our judgment in determining and applying the assumptions needed for the valuation of stock options, issuances under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and stock awards. We also are required to apply a forfeiture rate to reflect what we believe will be our final expense related to stock-based compensation. The amounts to be recorded as stock-based compensation expense expected in the future are subject to change if our assumptions for the variables used in determining the fair value of the instruments and the forfeiture rates are revised. In adopting SFAS 123(R), we elected to adopt the simplified method to establish our beginning balance for the additional paid-in capital pool related to the tax effects of employee stock-based compensation. Tax shortfalls resulting from the tax effects of employee stock-based compensation in 2008 absorbed the remaining balance of the additional paid-in capital pool.

46

Accounting for income taxes. In preparing our consolidated financial statements we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. We estimate our actual current tax expense and the temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items, such as deferred revenue, for tax and book accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheet. We must then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income. If we believe that recovery of these deferred assets is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance. To the extent we either establish or increase a valuation allowance in a period, we must include an expense within the tax provision in the statement of operations.

Significant management judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets. We have maintained a valuation allowance of $4.0 million as of December 31, 2008 for foreign tax credits resulting from the 2003 acquisition of Best and compensation deductions potentially limited by U.S. Internal Revenue Code 162(m). If actual results differ from these estimates or we adjust these estimates in future periods, we may need to establish an additional valuation allowance that could materially impact our financial position and results of operations.

Net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2008 were $60.8 million.

Significant management judgment is also required in evaluating our uncertain tax positions. Our gross unrecognized benefits total $33.8 million as of December 31, 2008. Our evaluation of uncertain tax positions is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity. If the actual settlements differ from these estimates or we adjust these estimates in future periods, we may need to recognize a tax benefit or an additional tax charge that could materially impact our financial position and results of operations.

Valuation analyses of intangible assets and goodwill. We review goodwill annually in the third quarter of each year and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. The provisions of SFAS 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”) require that we perform a two-step impairment test on goodwill. In the first step, we compare the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. Our reporting units are consistent with our product categories identified in Note 15—Information Concerning Business Segments and Major Customers of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. We determine the fair value of our reporting units based on an appropriate weighting of market and income approaches. Under the market approach, we estimate the fair value based on market multiples of revenues or earnings of comparable companies. Under the income approach, we measure any impairment based on a projected discounted cash flow method using a discount rate determined by our management to be commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit, goodwill is not impaired and we are not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then we must perform the second step of the impairment testing order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value then we record an impairment loss equal to the difference.

We assess the impairment of identifiable intangibles and long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable or that the life of the asset may need to be revised. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include the following:

• significant negative industry or economic trends;

• significant decline in our stock price for a sustained period;

• our market capitalization relative to net book value; and

• significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business.

47

When we determine that the carrying value of intangibles or long-lived assets may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, we measure any impairment based on a projected discounted cash flow method using a discount rate determined by our management to be commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model. Our annual review of goodwill performed in the third quarter of 2008 indicated that there was no impairment of goodwill. We performed our annual valuation analysis of goodwill on September 30, 2008 in accordance of SFAS142 as stated above. Valuation analysis of goodwill was performed on our respective reporting units—Controller, Inkjet, and Advanced Professional Print Software using an equal weighing between the market and income approach for the Inkjet reporting unit and using the market approach for the Controller and APPS reporting units. Our reporting units are consistent with our product categories identified in Note 15—Information Concerning Business Segments and Major Customers of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Based on our valuation results, we had determined that the fair values of our reporting units continued to exceed their carrying values. Therefore, management determined that no goodwill impairment charge was required as of September 30, 2008.

During the fourth quarter of 2008, our market capitalization declined significantly as a result of declining worldwide economic conditions caused by the tightening of global credit markets. Based on a combination of factors including the recent economic environment, resulting erosion in our market capitalization, and the lowering of our 2009 revenue outlook subsequent to the third quarter of 2008, we performed an interim impairment analysis during the fourth quarter of 2008.

Based on the internal market-based valuation that we performed, the fair value of the Controller and APPS product categories significantly exceeded their carrying value as of December 31, 2008. Consequently, it was not considered necessary to obtain a third party valuation of these reporting units. A third party interim valuation was obtained with respect to the Inkjet product category, which was equally weighted between the income and market approach.

Based on the outcome of the interim impairment analysis, we concluded that an impairment had occurred resulting in a non-cash impairment charge of $111.9 million during fourth the quarter of 2008 related to both goodwill and other long-lived assets. There were no impairments of goodwill, intangible assets or other long-lived assets in 2007 and 2006.

Solely for purposes of establishing inputs for the fair value calculations described above related to goodwill impairment testing, we made the following assumptions:

• the current economic downturn will continue through fiscal year 2010,

• the economic downturn is partially mitigated by new product introductions in 2010,

• followed by a recovery period between 2011 and 2013, and

• long-term industry growth past 2013.

Our discounted cash flow projections for the Inkjet reporting unit were based on five-year financial forecasts. The five-year forecasts were based on annual financial forecasts developed internally by management for use in managing our business and through discussions with the independent valuation firm engaged by us. The significant assumptions of these five-year forecasts included annual revenue growth rates ranging from (11.0%) to 12% for the Inkjet reporting unit. The future cash flows were discounted to present value using a mid-year convention and a discount rate of 16%. Terminal values were calculated using the Gordon growth methodology with a long-term growth rate of 4.5%. The sum of the fair values of the Controllers, APPS, and Inkjet reporting units was reconciled to our current market capitalization (based on our stock price) plus an estimated control premium. The significant assumptions used in determining fair values of the reporting units using comparable company market values include the determination of appropriate market comparables, the estimated multiples of revenue, EBIT, and EBITDA that a willing buyer is likely to pay, and the estimated control premium a willing buyer is likely to pay.

48

Given the current economic environment and the uncertainties regarding the impact on our business, there can be no assurance that our estimates and assumptions regarding the duration of the ongoing economic downturn, or the period or strength of recovery, made for purposes of our goodwill impairment testing during the three months ended December 31, 2008 will prove to be accurate predictions of the future. If our assumptions regarding forecasted revenue or gross margin rates are not achieved, we may be required to record additional goodwill impairment charges in future periods relating to any of our reporting units, whether in connection with the next annual impairment testing in the third quarter of 2009 or prior to that, if any such change constitutes a triggering event outside of the quarter from when the annual goodwill impairment test is performed. It is not possible at this time to determine if any such future impairment charge would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be material.

Business combinations We allocate the purchase price of acquired companies to the tangible and intangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, as well as in-process research and development based on their estimated fair values. Such a valuation requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets.

Management makes estimates of fair value based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable. These estimates are based on historical experience and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies. Critical estimates in valuing certain of the intangible assets include but are not limited to: future expected cash flows; acquired developed technologies and patents; expected costs to develop the in-process research and development into commercially viable products and estimating cash flows from the projects when completed; the acquired company’s brand awareness and market position, as well as assumptions about the period of time the acquired brand will continue to be used in the combined company’s product portfolio; and discount rates. These estimates are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. Assumptions may be incomplete or inaccurate, and unanticipated events and circumstances may occur which may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or other actual results.

Other estimates associated with the accounting for acquisitions include severance costs and the costs of vacating duplicate facilities. These costs are based upon estimates made by management and are subject to refinement. We estimate the future costs to operate and eventually vacate duplicate facilities. Estimated costs may change as additional information becomes available regarding the assets acquired and liabilities assumed and as management continues its assessment of the pre-merger operations.

On July 28, 2008, we acquired Pace Systems Group, Inc. (“Pace”) for approximately $20.0 million in cash plus an additional future cash earn out amount, which is contingent upon achieving certain performance targets. We acquired Pace to further strengthen our Advanced Professional Print Software reporting unit. On December 2, 2008, we acquired Raster Printers, Inc. (“Rastek”), a mid-market, wide format graphics printer developer and manufacturer, to further expand our Inkjet line of products. The Pace and Rastek acquisitions are discussed more fully in Note 2—Acquisitions of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We apply the provisions of SFAS 141, Business Combinations, when accounting for our acquisitions. We allocate the purchase price of acquired companies to the tangible and intangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, as well as in-process research and development based on their estimated fair values. All acquisitions are included in our financial statements from the date of acquisition.

Our financial projections may ultimately prove to be inaccurate and unanticipated events and circumstances may occur. Therefore, no assurance can be given that the underlying assumptions used to forecast revenues and costs to develop such projects will transpire as projected.

Determining functional currencies for the purpose of consolidating our international operations. We have a number of foreign subsidiaries which together account for approximately 46% of our net revenues, approximately 10% of our total assets and approximately 32% of our total liabilities as of December 31, 2008. We typically quote and bill our international customers in United States dollars.

49

Based on our assessment of the factors discussed below, we consider the United States dollar to be the functional currency for each of our international subsidiaries except for our Japanese subsidiary, Electronics for Imaging Japan YK, for which we consider the Japanese Yen to be the subsidiary’s functional currency and our German subsidiary, Electronics for Imaging GmbH, for which we consider the Euro to be the subsidiary’s functional currency.

In preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to translate the financial statements of the foreign subsidiaries from the currency in which they keep their accounting records, generally the local currency, into United States dollars. This process results in exchange gains and losses which, when the transactions are not denominated in the functional currency, are included within the statement of operations or, if the transactions are denominated in the functional currency, are included as a separate component of stockholders’ equity under the caption “Accumulated other comprehensive income.”

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1 of our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements including the respective expected dates of adoption.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

(in thousands)	2008			2007			2006
Cash and cash equivalents	$	132,152		$	165,636		$	166,996
Short-term investments		57,199			334,216			343,175
Total cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments	$	189,351		$	499,852		$	510,171
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	27,819		$	69,625		$	66,962
Net cash used for investing activities		236,689			(6,561	)		(94,231	)
Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities		(297,903	)		(64,347	)		12,381

Overview

Cash and cash equivalents and short term investments decreased $310.5 million to $189.4 million as of December 31, 2008 from $499.9 million as of December 31, 2007. The decrease is primarily due to the redemption on June 2, 2008 of our 1.50% convertible senior debentures of $240.0 million, repurchases of our common stock and net settlement of restricted stock units of $65.2 million, and costs associated with purchases of Pace and Raster of $25.3 million offset by cash generated by operations of $27.8 million.

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities in 2008, 2007 and 2006 of $27.8 million, $69.6 million, and $67.0 million, respectively, was primarily the result of net income (loss) adjusted for non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization, acquired in-process research and development, deferred income taxes, stock-based compensation, other non-cash charges and credits, and changes in various assets and liabilities such as accounts payable, accounts receivable, inventories, and other current assets.

Our historical and primary source of operating cash flow is the collection of accounts receivable from our customers and the timing of payments to our vendors and service providers. One measure of the effectiveness of our collection efforts is average days sales outstanding (“DSO”) for accounts receivable. DSOs were 66 days, 62 days, and 58 days at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 respectively. We calculate accounts receivable DSO by dividing the net accounts receivable balance at the end of the quarter by the amount of revenue recognized for the quarter multiplied by the total days in the quarter. The increase in DSOs is due to the linearity of revenues in the second half of 2008. Our DSOs related to direct sales are traditionally higher than those related to OEM customers. We expect DSOs to vary from period to period because of changes in quarterly mix of business between our direct and OEM customers, and the effectiveness of our collection efforts. As the percentage of our APPS and Inkjet related revenue increases, we expect DSOs may trend higher.

50

Our operating cash flows are impacted by the timing of payments to our vendors for accounts payable and by our accrual of liabilities. In 2008, the change in accounts payable, accrued liabilities and income taxes payable decreased our cash flows by approximately $4.4 million compared to a increase in cash flows in 2007 of $1.6 million. Our working capital, defined as current assets minus current liabilities, was $293.8 million and $270.7 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

We expect to meet our obligations as they become due through available cash and internally generated funds. We expect to generate positive working capital through our operations. However, we cannot predict whether current trends and conditions will continue, or the effect on our business from the competitive environment in which we operate. We believe the working capital available to us will be sufficient to meet our cash requirements for at least the next 12 months.

Investing Activities

A summary of our investing activities at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 follows. The detail of these line items can be seen in our consolidated statement of cash flows.

Investing Activities

(in thousands)	2008			2007			2006
Purchases of short-term investments	$	(170,732	)	$	(314,452	)	$	(323,115	)
Proceeds from sales and maturities of short-term investments		461,929			326,395			271,058
Reclassification of funds from cash to short-term investments		(14,836	)
Purchases, net of proceeds from sales, of property and equipment		(11,607	)		(13,292	)		(9,318	)
Proceeds from sale of product line		—			—			10,000
Businesses acquired, net of cash received		(25,283	)		—			(41,427	)
Purchases of other investments		(2,782	)		(5,212	)		(1,429	)
Net cash used for investing activities	$	236,689		$	(6,561	)	$	(94,231	)

Acquisitions

Below is a summary of our acquisitions for the last three fiscal years:

Raster Printers, Inc. (“Rastek”): On December 2, 2008, we acquired the remaining interest of Rastek for approximately $5.3 million in cash, including direct acquisition costs plus an additional future earn out amount, which is contingent upon achieving certain performance targets. The maximum additional earn-out is $1.7 million. Headquartered in San Jose, California, Rastek sells UV wide format printers primarily to mid-range customers in the display graphics market.

Pace Systems Group, Inc (“Pace”): On July 28, 2008, we purchased Pace for approximately $20.0 million in cash, including direct acquisition costs, plus an additional cash earn-out amount, which is contingent upon achieving certain performance targets. Pace is a print management software company that provides print MIS and e-commerce software solutions.

Jetrion LLC (“Jetrion”): On October 31, 2006, we purchased Jetrion for approximately $41.4 million in cash. Jetrion sells industrial inkjet printers and inks to label printing companies.

We may buy or invest in companies, products and technologies within the print industry. Our available cash and equity may be used to acquire or invest in companies or products, possibly resulting in significant acquisition-related charges to earnings and dilution to our stockholders.

51

Inventories

Our inventories are procured primarily in support of the Inkjet and Controller product categories. Our inventories increased from $39.9 million in 2007 to $48.9 million in 2008. This increase consisted primarily of finished goods driven by the Rastek acquisition, 2008 new product introductions and inventories required for new product introductions in future periods.

Property and Equipment

Our net property and equipment purchases totaled $11.6 million, $13.3 million, and $9.3 million in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. Our property and equipment additions have been funded by cash from operations.

We anticipate that we will continue to purchase property and equipment necessary in the normal course of our business. The amount and timing of these purchases and the related cash outflows in future periods is difficult to predict and is dependent on a number of factors including our hiring of employees, the rate of change in computer hardware/software used in our business, our business outlook, and decisions to invest or expand business sites.

On January 29, 2009, we completed the sale of land and building to Gilead for a total price of $137.5 million, subject to an escrow holdback of $15.5 million. The escrow period expires January 2010. The property sold included approximately thirty acres of land and the office building located on the land at 301 Velocity Way, Foster City, California, consisting of approximately 163,000 square feet and certain other assets related to the property.

Investments

During 2008, we received net proceeds from the sale and maturities of our marketable securities of $291.2 million, of which $240.0 million was used to repay the 1.50% convertible senior debenture holders. During 2007, we received net proceeds from the sale and maturities of our marketable securities of $11.9 million. We made net purchases of marketable securities in 2006 of $52.1 million. We have classified our investment portfolio as “available for sale,” and our investments are made with a policy of capital preservation and liquidity as the primary objectives. We generally hold investments in corporate bonds and U. S. government agency securities to maturity; however, we may sell an investment at any time if the quality rating of the investment declines, the yield on the investment is no longer attractive or we are in need of cash. Because we invest primarily in investment securities that are highly liquid with a ready market, we believe that the purchase, maturity or sale of our investments has no material impact on our overall liquidity.

Restricted Investments

We have restricted investments classified in connection with the synthetic lease for our Foster City office. We are required to maintain cash in LIBOR-based interest-bearing accounts which fully collateralize our synthetic leases. We had $88.6 million in collateral accounted for as restricted investments at December 31, 2008 and 2007. At December 31, 2008, $56.9 million of the $88.6 million was accounted for as a non-current asset as restricted investments. The remaining $31.7 million was accounted for as a current asset under Assets Held For Sale related to the sale of a portion of our Foster City offices and accompanying real estate to Gilead. For further information on these transactions, see the discussion at “Off-Balance Sheet Financing” herein and Note 13—Sale of Land and Building of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2008.

Financing Activities

Historically, our recurring cash flows provided by financing activities have been from the receipt of cash from the issuance of common stock from the exercise of stock options and employee stock purchase plans. We

52

received cash proceeds from these plans in the amount of $7.3 million, $4.8 million, and $42.3 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. While we may continue to receive proceeds from these plans in future periods, the timing and amount of such proceeds are difficult to predict and are contingent on a number of factors including the price of our common stock, the number of employees participating in the plans and general market conditions. We anticipate that cash provided from exercise of stock options may decline over time as we shift to issuance of restricted stock awards and units rather than stock option awards.

The primary use of funds for financing activities in 2008, 2007, and 2006 was the use of $65.2 million, $70.3 million, and $33.9 million, respectively, of cash to repurchase outstanding shares of our common stock. See Item 5—Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities for further discussion of our programs to repurchase our common stock.

The synthetic lease agreements for our corporate headquarters existing at December 31, 2008 provided for residual value guarantees. Under FASB Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others,” the fair value of a residual value guarantee in lease agreements entered into after December 31, 2002, must be recognized as a liability on our consolidated balance sheet. We have determined that the guarantees have no material value as of December 31, 2008 and therefore have not recorded any liability.

On June 2, 2008, we exercised our option to redeem and paid in cash the outstanding balance of our 1.50% convertible senior debentures, which totaled $240 million. The redemption price for the securities was 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest amounts to but not including the redemption date. Accrued and unpaid interest expense up to June 1, 2008 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 totaled $0.6 million.

Other Commitments

Our inventory for our controller line of products consists primarily of raw and finished goods, memory subsystems, processors and ASICs which are sold to third-party contract manufacturers responsible for manufacturing our products. Our inventory for our inkjet line of products consists of raw and finished goods, printheads, frames and other components. Should we decide to purchase components and do our own manufacturing of controllers, or should it become necessary for us to purchase and sell components other than the processors, ASICs or memory subsystems for our contract manufacturers, inventory balances and potentially property and equipment would increase significantly, thereby reducing our available cash resources. Further, the inventory we carry could become obsolete, thereby negatively impacting our financial condition and results of operations. We are also reliant on several sole-source suppliers for certain key components and could experience a further significant negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations if such supply were reduced or not available.

We may be required to compensate our sub-contract manufacturers for components purchased for orders subsequently cancelled by us. We periodically review the potential liability and the adequacy of the related allowance. Our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted if we were required to compensate the sub-contract manufacturers in amounts in excess of the related allowance.

Legal Proceedings

In addition to the matters discussed under Item 3, Legal Proceedings, we are involved from time to time in litigation relating to claims arising in the normal course of our business.

53

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations at December 31, 2008 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods. This table excludes amounts already recorded on our balance sheet as current liabilities at December 31, 2008.

	Payments due by period
(in thousands)	Total		Less than 1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		More than 5 years
Operating lease obligations(1)	$	33,035	$	8,155	$	11,858	$	9,800	$	3,222
Purchase obligations(2)		5,668		5,668
Total(2)	$	38,703	$	13,823	$	11,858	$	9,800	$	3,222

⁽¹⁾ Lease obligations related to the principal corporate facilities are estimated and are based on current market interest rates (LIBOR). See Off-Balance Sheet Financing.

⁽²⁾ Total does not include contractual obligations recorded on the balance sheet as current liabilities, or certain purchase orders as discussed below.

In January, 2009, we sold the 163,000 square foot building and approximately 30 acres of land in our Foster City, California campus to Gilead. As a result, total operating lease obligations for 2009 and beyond will decrease by approximately $5.8 million. Purchase obligations in the table above include agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding on us and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Purchase obligations exclude purchase orders for the purchase of raw materials and other goods and services that are cancelable without penalty. Our purchase orders are based on our current manufacturing needs and are generally fulfilled by our vendors within short time horizons. We also enter into contracts for outsourced services; however the obligations under these contracts were not significant and the contracts generally contain clauses allowing for cancellation without significant penalty.

The expected timing of payment of the obligations discussed above is estimated based on current information. Timing of payments and actual amounts paid may be different depending on the time of receipt of goods or services or changes to agreed-upon amounts for some obligations.

The above table does not reflect unrecognized tax benefits of $33.8 million, the timing of which is uncertain. See Note 11—Income Taxes of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion on unrecognized tax benefits.

Off-Balance Sheet Financing

Synthetic Lease Arrangements

As of December 31, 2008 we were a party to two synthetic leases (the “301 Lease” and the “303 Lease”, together “Leases”) covering our Foster City facilities located at 301 and 303 Velocity Way, Foster City, California. These leases provided a cost effective means of providing adequate office space for our corporate offices. Both Leases expire in July 2014. The leases included an option to purchase the facilities during or at the end of the term of the Leases for the amount expended by the lessor to purchase the facilities. The funds pledged under the Leases ($56.9 million for the 303 Lease and $31.7 million for the 301 Lease at December 31, 2008 for a total of $88.6 million) are in LIBOR-based interest bearing accounts and are restricted as to withdrawal at all times. We have exercised our purchase option in the first quarter of 2009 with respect to the 301 Lease in connection with the sale of the land and building to Gilead. Accordingly, the $31.7 million of pledged funds have been re-classified as Assets Held for Sale under current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2008.

On January 29, 2009, we completed the sale of land and building to Gilead for a total price of $137.5 million, subject to an escrow holdback of $15.5 million. The escrow period expires January 2010. The property sold

54

included approximately thirty acres of land and the office building located on the land at 301 Velocity Way, Foster City, California, consisting of approximately 163,000 square feet and certain other assets related to the property.

We have guaranteed to the lessor a residual value associated with the buildings equal to 82% of their funding of the respective Leases. Under the financial covenants, we must maintain a minimum net worth and a minimum tangible net worth as of the end of each quarter. There is an additional covenant regarding mergers. We were in compliance with all such financial and merger related covenants as of December 31, 2008. We have assessed our exposure in relation to the first loss guarantees under the Leases and have determined that there is no deficiency to the guaranteed value at December 31, 2008. If there is a decline in value, we will record a loss associated with the residual value guarantee. In conjunction with the Leases, we have entered into separate ground leases with the lessor for approximately 30 years. As of December 31, 2008, we were treated as the owner of these buildings for federal income tax purposes. Since we exercised our purchase option with respect to the 301 Lease, our maximum exposure under our remaining synthetic lease arrangement is $56.9 million as of January 29, 2009.

Effective July 1, 2003, we applied the accounting and disclosure rules set forth in Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities”, as revised (“FIN 46R”) for variable interest entities (“VIEs”). We have evaluated our synthetic lease agreements to determine if the arrangements qualify as variable interest entities under FIN 46R. We have determined that the synthetic lease agreements do qualify as VIEs; however, because we are not the primary beneficiary under FIN 46R we are not required to consolidate the VIEs in our financial statements.

Item 7A: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Market Risk

We are exposed to various market risks. Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices, general credit, foreign currency exchange rate fluctuation, liquidity, and interest rate risks, which may be exacerbated by the tightening of global credit markets and increase in economic uncertainty that have affected various sectors of the financial markets and caused credit and liquidity issues. We do not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. We may enter into financial instrument contracts to manage and reduce the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The counterparties to such contracts are major financial institutions.

Interest Rate Risk

Marketable Securities

We maintain an investment portfolio of short-term investments of various holdings, types and maturities. These short-term investments are generally classified as available–for-sale and consequently, are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). At any time, a sharp rise in interest rates could have a material adverse impact on the fair value of our investment portfolio. Conversely, declines in interest rates could have a material impact on interest earnings for our portfolio. We do not currently hedge these interest rate exposures.

The following table presents the hypothetical change in fair values in the financial instruments held by us at December 31, 2008 that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. The modeling technique used measures the change in fair values arising from selected potential changes in interest rates. Market changes reflect immediate hypothetical parallel shifts in the yield curve of plus or minus 100 basis points over a twelve-month time horizon.

55

This table estimates the fair value of the portfolio at a twelve-month time horizon (in thousands):

Valuation of securities given an interest rate decrease of 100 basis points	No change in interest rates		Valuation of securities given an interest rate increase of 100 basis points
$95,065	$	94,603	$	94,141

Derivatives

We do not use any derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

Financial Risk Management

The following discussion about our risk management activities includes “forward-looking statements” that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements.

As a global concern, we face exposure to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve and could have a material adverse impact on our financial results. Our primary exposures are related to non-U.S. dollar-denominated sales in Japan and Europe and operating expenses in Europe, India and Japan. At the present time, we do not hedge against these currency exposures, but as these exposures grow we may consider hedging against currency movements.

We maintain investment portfolio holdings of various issuers, types and maturities, typically U.S. Treasury and Agencies securities, corporate debt instruments, and asset-backed instruments. These short-term investments are classified as available-for-sale and consequently are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). These securities are not leveraged and are held for purposes other than trading.

56

Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	58
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007	59
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006	60
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006	61
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006	62
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	63
Unaudited Quarterly Consolidated Financial Information	100

57

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Electronics For Imaging, Inc.:

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1) present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Electronics For Imaging, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

As discussed in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for uncertainty in income taxes in 2007.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

March 2, 2009

58

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

	December 31,
(in thousands)	2008			2007
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	132,152		$	165,636
Short-term investments, available for sale		57,199			334,216
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $8.5 million and $8.2 million, respectively		97,286			101,955
Inventories		48,785			39,949
Assets held for sale (Note 13)		55,367			—
Other current assets		20,013			15,844
Total current assets		410,802			657,600
Property and equipment, net		35,225			57,604
Restricted investments		56,850			88,580
Goodwill		122,581			211,780
Intangible assets, net		72,992			86,554
Deferred tax assets		51,013			47,004
Other assets		2,485			8,617
Total assets	$	751,948		$	1,157,739
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	44,634		$	42,262
Convertible debt		—			240,000
Accrued and other liabilities		44,958			72,400
Deferred revenue		25,428			24,365
Income taxes payable		1,952			7,896
Total current liabilities		116,972			386,923
Non-current income taxes payable		33,758			26,820
Total liabilities		150,730			413,743
Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 5,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding		—			—
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 150,000 shares authorized; 70,738 and 69,633 shares issued, respectively		708			696
Additional paid-in capital		644,482			606,702
Treasury stock, at cost, 19,381 and 14,629 shares, respectively		(384,129	)		(318,899	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income		1,676			3,572
Retained earnings		338,481			451,925
Total stockholders’ equity		601,218			743,996
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	751,948		$	1,157,739

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

59

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

	For the years ended December 31,
(in thousands, except per share amounts)	2008			2007			2006
Revenue	$	560,380		$	620,586		$	564,611
Cost of revenue(1)		242,963			259,439			229,441
Gross Profit		317,417			361,147			335,170
Operating expenses:
Research and development(1)		140,437			140,470			127,857
Sales and marketing(1)		119,400			120,444			99,180
General and administrative(1)		47,685			67,461			47,576
Amortization of identified intangibles		29,367			33,502			35,514
In-process research & development		2,680			—			8,500
Restructuring and other (Note 14)		11,005			1,501			982
Goodwill and asset impairment (Note 4)		111,858			—			—
Total operating expenses		462,432			363,378			319,609
Income (loss) from operations		(145,015	)		(2,231	)		15,561
Interest and other income, net:
Interest and other income (expense), net		13,476			29,452			24,002
Gain on sale of product line, net		—			—			6,995
Interest expense		(1,537	)		(5,012	)		(5,027	)
Total interest and other income, net		11,939			24,440			25,970
Income (loss) before income taxes		(133,076	)		22,209			41,531
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes		19,632			4,634			(41,714	)
Net income (loss)	$	(113,444	)	$	26,843		$	(183	)
Net income (loss) per basic common share	$	(2.16	)	$	0.47		$	(0.00	)
Net income (loss) per diluted common share	$	(2.16	)	$	0.44		$	(0.00	)
Shares used in basic per-share calculation		52,553			56,679			56,559
Shares used in diluted per-share calculation		52,553			68,102			56,559
(1)      Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:
	2008			2007			2006
Cost of revenue	$	2,471		$	1,909		$	1,725
Research and development		12,923			9,018			8,346
Sales and marketing		6,059			3,968			3,248
General and administrative		11,974			9,635			10,427

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

60

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

	Common stock			Additional paid-in capital			Deferred compensation			Treasury stock					Other comprehensive income (loss)			Retained earnings			Total stockholders’ equity
(in thousands)	Shares	Amount								Shares		Amount
Balances as of December 31, 2005	66,213	$	662	$	511,951		$	(5,550	)	(9,964	)	$	(214,722	)	$	(2,069	)	$	420,467		$	710,739
Net loss																			(183	)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
Currency translation adjustment																1,199
Market valuation on short-term investments																2,107
Comprehensive income																3,306			(183	)		3,123
Exercise of common stock options	2,006		20		36,111																	36,131
Elimination of deferred stock-based compensation in connection with the adoption of SFAS 123(R)					(5,550	)		5,550														—
Restricted stock grants	470		5		(5	)																—
Stock-based compensation					23,746																	23,746
Stock repurchase										(1,526	)		(33,909	)								(33,909	)
Stock issued pursuant to ESPP	415		4		6,122																	6,126
Tax benefit related to stock plans	—		—		5,622																	5,622
Balances as of December 31, 2006	69,104	$	691	$	577,997		$	—		(11,490	)	$	(248,631	)	$	1,237		$	420,284		$	751,578
Net income																			26,843
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
Currency translation adjustment																666
Market valuation on short-term investments																1,669
Comprehensive income																2,335			26,843			29,178
Exercise of common stock options	318		3		4,838																	4,841
Restricted stock grants	211		2		(2	)																—
Stock-based compensation					24,326																	24,326
Stock repurchase										(3,139	)		(70,268	)								(70,268	)
Tax expense related to stock plans					(457	)																(457	)
Adjustment in connection with adoption of FIN 48																			4,798			4,798
Balances as of December 31, 2007	69,633	$	696	$	606,702		$	—		(14,629	)	$	(318,899	)	$	3,572		$	451,925		$	743,996
Net loss																			(113,444	)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
Currency translation adjustment																(295	)
Market valuation on short-term investments																(1,601	)
Comprehensive income																(1,896	)		(113,444	)		(115,340	)
Exercise of common stock options	162		2		3,403																	3,405
Restricted stock grants	461		5		(5	)																—
Stock-based compensation					33,671																	33,671
Stock repurchase										(4,752	)		(65,230	)								(65,230	)
Stock issued pursuant to ESPP	482		5		5,864																	5,869
Tax expense related to stock plans					(5,153	)																(5,153	)
Balances as of December 31, 2008	70,738	$	708	$	644,482		$	—		(19,381	)	$	(384,129	)	$	1,676		$	338,481		$	601,218

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

61

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

	For the years ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2008			2007			2006
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$	(113,444	)	$	26,843		$	(183	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		41,437			44,484			45,085
Acquired in-process research & development		2,680			—			8,500
Deferred taxes		(33,988	)		(17,437	)		22,666
Provision for allowance for bad debts and sales-related allowances		5,420			6,168			5,997
Tax (expense) benefit from employee stock plans		(3,170	)		(457	)		5,622
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation		(36	)		(1,080	)		(4,033	)
Gain on sale of product line		—			—			(6,995	)
Provision for inventory obsolescence		2,478			677			1,563
Stock-based compensation		33,427			24,530			23,746
Goodwill and asset impairment		111,858			—			—
Other non-cash charges and credits		(5,258	)		219			91
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquired companies:
Accounts receivable		5,008			(8,864	)		(32,093	)
Inventories		(12,722	)		(5,582	)		(8,460	)
Other current assets		(1,435	)		(1,510	)		(6,350	)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		(13,965	)		(12,482	)		7,928
Income taxes payable/receivable		9,529			14,116			3,878
Net cash provided by operating activities		27,819			69,625			66,962
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of short-term investments		(170,732	)		(314,452	)		(323,115	)
Proceeds from sales and maturities of short-term investments		461,929			326,395			271,058
Reclassification of funds from cash to short-term investments		(14,836	)
Purchases, net of proceeds from sales, of property and equipment		(11,607	)		(13,292	)		(9,318	)
Proceeds from sale of product line		—			—			10,000
Businesses acquired, net of cash received		(25,283	)		—			(41,427	)
Purchases of other investments		(2,782	)		(5,212	)		(1,429	)
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities		236,689			(6,561	)		(94,231	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Repayment of convertible debentures		(240,000	)		—			—
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		7,291			4,841			42,257
Purchases of treasury stock and net settlement of restricted stock		(65,230	)		(70,268	)		(33,909	)
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation		36			1,080			4,033
Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities		(297,903	)		(64,347	)		12,381
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		(89	)		(77	)		(155	)
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents		(33,484	)		(1,360	)		(15,043	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		165,636			166,996			182,039
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	132,152		$	165,636		$	166,996

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

62

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1: The Company and Its Significant Accounting Policies

The Company

We are the world leader in color digital print controllers, super-wide format printers and inks and print management solutions. Our award-winning solutions, integrated from creation to print, deliver increased performance, cost savings and productivity. Our robust product portfolio includes Fiery digital color print servers, VUTEk super-wide digital inkjet printers, UV and solvent inks, Jetrion industrial inkjet printing systems, print production workflow and management information software, and corporate printing solutions. Our integrated solutions and award-winning technologies are designed to automate print and business processes, streamline workflow, provide profitable value-added services and produce accurate digital output.

Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of EFI and our subsidiaries. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We evaluate our estimates, including those related to bad debts, inventories, goodwill and intangible assets, income taxes, warranty obligations, purchase commitments, revenue recognition and contingencies on an on-going basis. The estimates are based upon historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances at the time of the estimate, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-term Investments

We invest our excess cash in deposits with major banks; money market securities; and municipal, U.S. government and corporate debt securities. By policy, we invest primarily in high-grade marketable securities. We are exposed to credit risk in the event of default by the financial institutions or issuers of these investments to the extent of amounts recorded on the consolidated balance sheet.

We consider all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Typically, the cost of these investments has approximated fair value. Marketable investments with a maturity greater than 3 months are classified as available-for-sale short-term investments. Available-for-sale securities are stated at fair market value with unrealized gains and losses reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, adjusted for deferred income taxes. Realized gains and losses on sales of investments are recognized upon sale of the investments using the specific identification method.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Sales-related Allowances

We analyze accounts receivable and historical bad debts, customer concentrations, customer credit-worthiness, current economic trends and changes in our customer payment terms when evaluating the adequacy of our allowance for doubtful accounts. In addition, we specifically reserve for any accounts receivable for which there are identified collection issues. Balances are charged off when we deem it probable the receivable will not be recovered. We also make provisions for sales rebates and revenue adjustments based upon analysis of current sales programs and revenues.

63

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Concentration of Risk

We are exposed to credit risk in the event of default by any of our customers to the extent of amounts recorded in the consolidated balance sheet. We perform ongoing evaluations of the collectability of the accounts receivable balances for our customers and maintain allowances for estimated credit losses; actual losses have not historically been significant, but have risen over the past several years as our customer base has grown through acquisitions.

Our controller products, which constitute approximately 50% of our revenues, are primarily sold to a limited number of OEMs. We expect that we will continue to depend on a relatively small number of OEM customers for a significant portion of our revenues, although the significance of that revenue is expected to decline in future periods as our revenues increase from Inkjet products.

We are reliant on certain sole source suppliers for key components of our products. We conduct our business with our component suppliers solely on a purchase order basis. Any disruption in the supply of the key components would result in us being unable to manufacture our products.

Many of our current controllers include software that we license from Adobe Systems, Inc. (“Adobe”). In order to obtain licenses from Adobe, Adobe requires that we obtain from them quality assurance approvals for our products that use Adobe software. Although to date we have successfully obtained such quality assurances from Adobe, we cannot be certain Adobe will grant us such approvals in the future. If Adobe does not grant us such licenses or approvals, if the Adobe licenses are terminated, or if our relationship with Adobe is otherwise materially impaired, we would likely be unable to produce products that incorporate Adobe PostScript^® software.

We subcontract with other companies to manufacture our controllers. We rely on the ability of our sub-contractors to produce the products sold to our customers. A high concentration of our products is manufactured at one sub-contractor location. If the sub-contractor was to lose production capabilities at this facility, we would experience delays in delivering product to our customers. We do not maintain long-term agreements with our sub-contractors which could lead to an inability of such sub-contractor to fill our orders.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at standard cost, which approximates the lower of actual cost using a first-in, first-out method, or market. We periodically review our inventories for potential slow-moving or obsolete items and write down specific items to net realizable value as appropriate. Work-in-process inventories consist of our product at various levels of assembly and include materials, labor and manufacturing overhead. Finished goods inventory represents completed products awaiting shipment.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is recorded at cost. Depreciation on assets is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated life for desktop and laptop computers is 18 to 24 months. Furniture has an estimated life of 5 to 7 years, software is amortized over 3 to 5 years and buildings have an estimated life of 40 years. All other assets are typically considered to have a 3 to 5 year life. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the improvements or the lease term, if shorter. Land improvements, such as parking lots and sidewalks, are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the improvements.

When assets are disposed, we remove the asset and accumulated depreciation from our records and recognize the related gain or loss in results of operations. The cost and related accumulated depreciation applicable to property and equipment sold or no longer in service are eliminated from the accounts and any gain or loss is included in other income and expense.

64

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Depreciation expense was $11.4 million, $9.5 million and $8.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Repairs and maintenance expenditures which are not considered improvements and do not extend the useful life of property and equipment are expensed as incurred.

Internal Use Software

We follow the guidance in Statement of Position 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use. Software development costs, including costs incurred to purchase third party software, are capitalized beginning when we have determined that certain factors are present, including among others, that technology exists to achieve the performance requirements. The accumulation of software costs to be capitalized ceases when the software is substantially developed and is ready for its intended use. It is amortized over an estimated useful life of three years using the straight-line method.

Restricted Investments

As of December 31, 2008, we were a party to two synthetic leases (the “301 Lease” and the “303 Lease”, together “Leases”) covering our Foster City facilities located at 301 and 303 Velocity Way, Foster City, California. The Leases included an option to purchase the facilities during or at the end of the term of the Leases for the amount expended by the lessor to purchase the facilities ($56.9 million for the 303 Lease and $31.7 million for the 301 Lease). The funds pledged under the Leases ($56.9 million for the 303 Lease and $31.7 million for the 301 Lease at December 31, 2007 for a total of $88.6 million) are in LIBOR-based interest bearing accounts and are restricted as to withdrawal at all times. We exercised our purchase option in the first quarter of 2009 with respect to the 301 Lease, in connection with the sale of the land and building to Gilead. Accordingly, the $31.7 million of pledged funds have been re-classified as Assets Held for Sale under current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2008.

Goodwill

We review goodwill annually in the third quarter of each year and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”) prohibits the amortization of goodwill and requires that we perform a two-step impairment test on goodwill. In the first step, we compare the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. Our reporting units are consistent with our product categories identified in Note 15 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. We determine the fair value of our reporting units based on a weighting of market and income approaches. Under the market approach, we estimate the fair value based on market multiples of revenues or earnings of comparable companies. Under the income approach, we measure any impairment based on a projected discounted cash flow method using a discount rate determined by our management to be commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit, goodwill is not impaired and we are not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then we must perform the second step of the impairment testing to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value then we record an impairment loss equal to the difference. There was no impairment of goodwill in 2007 and 2006.

Based on a combination of factors including the current economic environment, the resulting erosion in our market capitalization, and the lowering of our 2009 revenue outlook subsequent to the end of the third quarter, we concluded that there were sufficient indicators to require the Company to perform an interim impairment

65

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

analysis in the fourth quarter of 2008. Based on the outcome of our interim impairment analysis, we concluded that an impairment had occurred; resulting in a non-cash impairment charge of $104 million during the fourth quarter of 2008. Please see Note 4—Goodwill and Long-Lived Asset Impairment of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Long-lived Assets, including Intangible Assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these assets may not be recoverable. We evaluate potential impairment with respect to long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable. Intangible assets are evaluated for impairment based on their estimated future undiscounted cash flows. Based on this analysis, no impairment of intangible assets, excluding goodwill, was recognized in 2008, 2007, or 2006.

Intangible assets acquired to date are being amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 1 to 30 years. No changes have been made to the useful lives of amortizable identifiable intangible assets in 2008, 2007 or 2006. Intangible amortization expense was $29.4 million, $33.5 million and $35.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Other investments consist of equity and debt investments in privately-held companies that develop products, markets and services that are strategic to us. Investments in which we exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies, but do not have a majority voting interest are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Our investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting totaled $0.3 million and $4.7 million as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Our consolidated results of operations include, as a component of other income, our share of the net income or loss of the equity method investments. Our share of the results of investees’ results of operations is not significant for any period presented.

On December 2, 2008, we acquired the remaining interest of Raster. As a result, Raster is consolidated in our financial statements as of December 2, 2008, and is no longer included in Other investments.

The process of assessing whether a particular equity investment’s fair value is less than its carrying cost requires a significant amount of judgment due to the lack of a mature and stable public market for these securities. In making this judgment, we carefully consider the investee’s most recent financial results, cash position, recent cash flow data, projected cash flows (both short and long-term), financing needs, recent financing rounds, most recent valuation data, the current investing environment, management or ownership changes, and competition. This process is based primarily on information that we request and receive from these privately-held companies, and is performed on a quarterly basis. Although we evaluate all of our privately-held equity investments for impairment based on the criteria established above, each investment’s fair value is only estimated when events or changes in circumstances have occurred that may have a significant effect on its fair value (because the fair value of each investment is not readily determinable). Where these factors indicate that the equity investment’s fair value is less than its carrying cost, and where we consider such diminution in value to be other than temporary, we record an impairment charge to reduce such equity investment to its estimated net realizable value.

During the fourth quarter of 2008, EFI assessed each remaining investment’s R&D technology pipeline and market conditions for the next several years in the industry and determined that it is no longer probable that they will generate enough positive future cash flows to recover the full carrying amount of the investment. Please refer to the preceding paragraph for a full discussion of the factors considered. As such, we recognized an impairment charge of $7.9 million.

Please refer to Note 4—Goodwill and Long-Lived Asset Impairment of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

66

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of our financial instruments, including cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable, restricted investments, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities, approximate their respective fair market values due to the short maturities of these financial instruments. The fair value of our available-for-sale securities is disclosed in Note 5—Short-term Investments. On June 2, 2008, we redeemed the outstanding balance of our 1.50% convertible senior debentures, which totaled $240.0 million.

Warranty

Our products are generally accompanied by a 12-month warranty, which covers both parts and labor. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” (“SFAS 5”), an accrual is made when it is estimable and probable based upon historical experience. A provision for estimated future warranty work is recorded in cost of goods sold upon recognition of revenue and the resulting accrual is reviewed regularly and periodically adjusted to reflect changes in warranty work estimates.

Research and Development

We expense costs associated with the research and development of new software products as incurred until technological feasibility is established. Research and development costs include salaries and benefits of researchers, supplies and other expenses incurred with research and development efforts. To date we have not capitalized research and development costs associated with software development as products and enhancements have generally reached technological feasibility and have been released for sale at substantially the same time.

Revenue Recognition

We derive our revenue primarily from product revenue, which includes hardware (controllers, design-licensed solutions, and inkjet printers), ink, software and royalties. We also receive services and support revenue from software license maintenance agreements, customer support and training and consulting. As described below, significant management judgments and estimates must be made and used in connection with the revenue recognized in any accounting period. Material differences could result in the amount and timing of our revenue for any period if our management made different judgments or utilized different estimates.

We recognize revenue in accordance with the provisions of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin 104 “Revenue Recognition” (“SAB104”) and, when applicable, Emerging Issues Task Force 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables” (“EITF 00-21”), for the sale of controllers, printers, and ink. As such, revenue is generally recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the product has been delivered or services have been rendered, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.

We use either a purchase order or signed contract as evidence of an arrangement. Sales through some of our OEMs are evidenced by a master agreement governing the relationship together with purchase orders on a transaction-by-transaction basis. Our arrangements do not generally include acceptance clauses. Delivery for hardware generally is complete when title and risk of loss is transferred at point of shipment from manufacturing facilities. In some instances, we also sell products and services in which the terms included in sales arrangements result in different timing for revenue recognition. We assess whether the fee is fixed or determinable based on the terms of the contract or purchase order. We assess collection based on a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the credit-worthiness of the customer. We may not request collateral from our customers. If we determine that collection of a fee is not reasonably assured, we defer the fee and recognize revenue at the time collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of cash.

67

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

We license our software primarily under perpetual licenses. Revenue from software consists of software licensing, post-contract customer support and professional consulting. We apply the provisions of Statement of Position 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition” (“SOP 97-2”), as amended by Statement of Position 98-9, “Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, With Respect to Certain Transactions”, (“SOP 98-9”) and if applicable, SAB 104 and EITF 00-21 to all transactions involving the sale of software products and hardware transactions where the software is not incidental.

When several elements, including software licenses, post-contract customer support and professional services, are sold to a customer through a single contract, the revenue from such multiple-element arrangements are allocated to each element using the residual method in accordance with SOP 98-9. Revenue is allocated to the support elements and professional service elements of an agreement using vendor specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”) and to the software license portion of the agreements using the residual method. We have established VSOE of the fair value of our professional services based on the rates charged to our customers in stand alone orders. We have also established VSOE of fair value for post-contract customer support based on substantive renewal rates. Accordingly, software license fees are recognized under the residual method for arrangements in which the software is licensed with maintenance and/or professional services, and where the maintenance and professional services are not essential to the functionality of the delivered software. Revenue allocated to software licenses is recognized when the following four basic criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is probable. Revenue allocated to post-contract support is recognized ratably over the term of the support contract assuming the four basic criteria are met. We also have subscription arrangements where the customer pays a fixed fee and receives services over a period of time. We recognize revenue from the subscriptions ratably over the service period. Any upfront setup fees associated with our subscription arrangements are recognized ratably, generally over one year.

Advertising

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Total advertising and promotional expenses were $4.9 million for 2008, $6.3 million for 2007 and $4.4 million for 2006.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109 (SFAS 109), “Accounting for Income Taxes”. Under SFAS 109, deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined based on the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.

Business Combinations

We apply the provisions of SFAS 141, Business Combinations, when accounting for our acquisitions. We allocate the purchase price of acquired companies to the tangible and intangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, as well as in-process research and development based on their estimated fair values. All acquisitions are included in our financial statements from the date of acquisition.

On July 28, 2008, we acquired Pace Systems Group, Inc. (“Pace”) to strengthen our APPS product category. On December 2 2008, we acquired Raster Printers, Inc.(“Raster”) a mid-market, wide format graphics printer developer and manufacturer, to further expand our Inkjet line of products. The Pace and Raster acquisitions are discussed in Note 2—Acquisitions to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

68

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Stock-Based Compensation

Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the fair value recognition provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R) “Share-Based Payment (Revised 2004)” (“SFAS 123(R)”), using the modified prospective transition method. Under this transition method, stock-based compensation expense in fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006 includes compensation expense for all share-based payment awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of, January 1, 2006, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS 123. Stock-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards granted after January 1, 2006 is based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R). We recognize these compensation costs using a graded-vesting method over the requisite service period. SFAS 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised on a cumulative basis, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. We use historical data and future expectations of employee turnover to estimate forfeitures. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), we presented the tax benefit related to stock plans as operating cash flows. Upon the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the tax benefit resulting from tax deductions in excess of the tax benefit related to compensation cost recognized for those awards are classified as financing cash flows.

On November 10, 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Staff Position No. SFAS 123(R)-3 “Transition Election Related to Accounting for Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards.” We have elected to adopt the alternative transition method provided in the FASB Staff Position for calculating the tax effects of share-based compensation pursuant to SFAS 123(R). The alternative transition method included a simplified method to establish the beginning balance of the additional paid-in capital pool related to the tax effects of employee stock-based compensation, which is available to absorb tax deficiencies recognized subsequent to the adoption of SFAS 123(R). This method resulted in an additional paid-in capital pool of zero as part of our adoption of SFAS 123(R).

Periods prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R)

Prior to January 1, 2006 we accounted for equity awards and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan using the intrinsic value method in accordance with APB 25 and related interpretations. Under the intrinsic value method, stock-based compensation expense was recognized in our consolidated statement of operations if the exercise price of our equity awards granted to employees and directors was below the fair market value of the underlying stock at the date of grant or if shares granted under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan were issued at greater than a 15% discount.

Foreign Currency Translation

The U.S. dollar is the functional currency for all of our foreign operations, except for our Germany subsidiary, for which the Euro is the functional currency, and our Japanese subsidiary, for which the Japanese yen is the functional currency. Where the U.S. dollar is the functional currency, translation adjustments are recorded in income. Where a currency other than the U.S. dollar is the functional currency, translation adjustments are recorded as a separate component of stockholders’ equity.

Computation of Net (Loss) Income per Common Share

Net (loss) income per basic common share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period excluding unvested restricted stock. Net income (loss) per diluted common share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares and potential common shares outstanding during the period. Potential common shares result from the assumed exercise of outstanding common stock options having a dilutive effect using the treasury stock method, from unvested shares of restricted stock using

69

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

the treasury stock method and from the potential conversion of our 1.50% convertible senior debentures. In addition, in computing the dilutive effect of the convertible securities, the numerator is adjusted to add back the after-tax amount of interest and amortized debt-issuance costs recognized in the period associated with our convertible senior debentures. Any potential shares that are anti-dilutive, as defined in SFAS 128, are excluded from the effect of dilutive securities.

The following table presents a reconciliation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the three years ended December 31, 2008:

	For the years ended December 31,
(in thousands except per share data)	2008			2007		2006
Basic net (loss) income per share:
Net (loss) income available to common shareholders	$	(113,444	)	$	26,843	$	(183	)
Weighted average common shares outstanding		52,553			56,679		56,559
Basic net (loss) income per share	$	(2.16	)	$	0.47	$	(0.00	)
Dilutive net (loss) income per share:
Net (loss) income available to common shareholders	$	(113,444	)	$	26,843	$	(183	)
After-tax equivalent of expense related to 1.50% convertible senior debentures		—			3,000		—
(Loss) Income for purposes of computing diluted net income per share	$	(113,444	)	$	29,843	$	(183	)
Weighted average common shares outstanding		52,553			56,679		56,559
Dilutive stock options and awards		—			2,339		—
Weighted average assumed conversion of 1.50% convertible senior debentures		—			9,084		—
Weighted average common shares outstanding for purposes of computing diluted net income per share		52,553			68,102		56,559
Dilutive net (loss) income per share	$	(2.16	)	$	0.44	$	(0.00	)

The following table sets forth potential shares of common stock that are not included in the diluted net income (loss) per share calculation above because to do so would be anti-dilutive for the periods presented.

	For the years ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2008	2007	2006
Weighted average stock options and awards outstanding	7,801	2,951	10,246
Convertible senior debentures	3,783	—	9,084
Total potential shares of common stock excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share	11,584	2,951	19,330

Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Risk Management

SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, as amended, requires companies to reflect the fair value of all derivative instruments, including those embedded in other contracts, as assets or liabilities in an entity’s balance sheet. We have no derivative or hedging instruments as of December 31, 2008.

70

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Variable Interest Entities

FASB Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities”, as amended (“FIN 46R”) requires that we consolidate any variable interest entities, or VIE, in which we are the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary is generally defined as having the majority of the risks and rewards arising from the VIE. We have evaluated and will continue to assess our synthetic lease arrangements and other entities that we have a relationship with that may be deemed a VIE. See Note 8 for discussion of our synthetic lease arrangements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141 (revised 2007) Business Combinations (“SFAS No. 141R”) which replaces SFAS No. 141 Business Combinations (“SFAS No. 141”). SFAS No. 141R retains the fundamental requirement of SFAS No. 141 that the acquisition method of accounting be used for all business combinations. However, SFAS No. 141R provides for the following changes from SFAS No. 141: an acquirer will record 100% of assets and liabilities of acquired business, including goodwill, at fair value, regardless of the level of interest acquired; certain contingent assets and liabilities will be recognized at fair value at the acquisition date; contingent consideration will be recognized at fair value on the acquisition date with changes in fair value to be recognized in earnings upon settlement; acquisition-related transaction and restructuring costs will be expensed as incurred; reversals of valuation allowances related to acquired deferred tax assets and changes to acquired income tax uncertainties will be recognized in earnings; and when making adjustments to finalize preliminary accounting, acquirers will revise any previously issued post-acquisition financial information in future financial statements to reflect any adjustments as if they occurred on the acquisition date. SFAS No. 141R applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after January 1, 2009. SFAS No. 141R may have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements when effective in the event a business combination occurs. The nature and magnitude of the specific effects will depend upon the nature, terms, and size of the acquisitions consummated after the effective date.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51 (“SFAS No. 160”), which establishes accounting and reporting standards for the non-controlling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. SFAS No. 160 provides that accounting and reporting for minority interests be recharacterized as non-controlling interests and classified as a component of equity. This statement also establishes reporting requirements that provide sufficient disclosures that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the non-controlling owners. SFAS No. 160 applies to all entities that prepare consolidated financial statements but will affect only those entities that have an outstanding non-controlling interest in one or more subsidiaries or that deconsolidate a subsidiary. This statement is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2008. Currently, we do not have any non-controlling interests (ownership interests in a subsidiary that are held by owners other than us) recorded in our financial statements, and do not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 160 to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In April 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position (“FSP”) 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets (“FSP 142-3”). FSP 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” FSP 142-3 applies to intangible assets that are acquired, individually or with a group of other assets, after the effective date in either a business combination or asset acquisition. FSP 142-3 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is prohibited. We are currently evaluating the effect FSP 142-3 will have on our consolidated financial statements.

71

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

In October 2008, the FASB issued “FSP 157-3”, “Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active”. In this FSP, the FASB clarified the application of FASB Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, in a market that is not active and provides an example to illustrate key considerations in determining the fair value of a financial asset when the market for that financial asset is not active such as including appropriate risk adjustments that market participants would make for nonperformance and liquidity risks. FSP 157-3 is effective upon its issuance on October 10, 2008, including prior periods for which financial statements have not been issued. We have adopted FSP 157-3 accordingly for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

	Years ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2008			2007			2006
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest expense	$	(1,837	)	$	(3,614	)	$	(3,629	)
Cash (paid for) refunded for income taxes	$	(8,303	)	$	3,017		$	(10,056	)
Acquisition related activities:					`
Cash paid for acquisitions	$	(25,405	)	$	—		$	(41,427	)
Cash acquired in acquisitions		122			—			—
Net cash paid for acquisitions	$	(25,283	)	$	—		$	(41,427	)

Note 2: Acquisitions

During 2008, we acquired Raster and Pace. We acquired Jetrion LLC (“Jetrion”) during 2006. The purchase method of accounting has been used for these acquisitions. Under this method of accounting, the purchase consideration is allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed according to their respective fair values on the date of acquisition. The excess purchase consideration is recorded as goodwill. Factors that contribute to a purchase price that results in goodwill include, but are not limited to, the retention of research and development personnel with the skills to develop future technology, support personnel to provide maintenance services related to the products, a trained sales force capable of selling current and future products, the opportunity to cross-sell Rastek, Pace, Jetrion, and EFI products to existing customers and the positive reputation that each of these companies have in the market.

Valuation Methodology

Intangible assets acquired consist of developed technology, in-process research & development (IPR&D), patents, trademarks and trade names and customer relationships. The amount allocated to IPR&D was determined using established valuation techniques and was expensed upon acquisition because technological feasibility had not been established and no future alternative uses existed. The value of IPR&D was determined by estimating the costs to develop the purchased IPR&D into a commercially viable product, estimating the resulting net cash flows from the sale of the products resulting from the completion of the IPR&D and discounting the net cash flows back to their present value. Project completion schedules were based on management’s estimate of tasks completed and the tasks to be completed to bring the project to technical and

72

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

commercial feasibility. IPR&D was included in operating expenses as part of other acquisition-related charges. We expensed IPR&D of $0.7 million related to our acquisition of Raster and $2.0 million related to our acquisition of Pace during 2008. We expensed IPR&D of $8.5 million related to our acquisition of Jetrion during 2006.

	Raster		Pace		Jetrion
Discount rate for IPR&D	17 – 18	%	24	%	22 – 25	%
Percentage of completion for in-process projects acquired	64 – 81	%	23 – 83	%	25 – 75	%

Raster Printers, Inc.

On December 2, 2008, we acquired the remaining interest in Rastek for approximately $5.3 million, including direct acquisition costs, plus an additional earn out amount which is contingent upon achieving certain performance targets. The maximum additional earn-out is $1.7 million. Headquartered in San Jose, California, Raster sells UV wide format printers primarily to mid-range customers in the display graphics market. Adjustments to the purchase price allocation may be made during 2009.

Pace Systems Group, Inc

On July 28, 2008, we acquired 100% interest of Pace for approximately $20.1 million in cash including direct acquisition costs plus an additional future cash earn out amount which is contingent upon achieving certain performance targets. The maximum additional earn-outs is $9.0 million. Headquartered in Jacksonville, Florida, Pace is a print management software company that provides MIS and e-commerce software solutions. Adjustments to the purchase price allocation may be made during 2009.

Jetrion LLC

On October 31, 2006 we acquired Jetrion for approximately $41.4 million in cash. No adjustments were made to the purchase price allocation during 2007 and 2008.

The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price to assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in thousands) with respect to each of these acquisitions:

	Raster			Pace				Jetrion
	Weighted average useful life	Allocation at December 31, 2008		Weighted average useful life	Allocation at December 31, 2008			Weighted average useful life	Allocation at December 31, 2008
In-process research and development		$	680		$	2,000			$	8,500
Existing and core technology	3 years		1,340	5 years		8,100		3 years		1,500
Customer contracts, relationships and maintenance agreements	5 years		980	9 years		4,600		7 years		1,200
Existing NRE contracts								1 year		600
Trademarks and trade names	4 years		650	6 years		300		3 years		300
Goodwill			1,980			12,959				25,491
			5,630			27,959				37,591
Excess of assets over liabilities assumed			392			(7,893	)			3,836
Total purchase price		$	6,022		$	20,066			$	41,427

73

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Note 3: Balance Sheet Components

Selected balance sheet components are as follows (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2008			2007
Inventories, net of allowances:
Raw materials	$	17,115		$	21,362
Work in process		2,901			3,497
Finished goods		28,769			15,090
	$	48,785		$	39,949
Property and equipment, net:
Land, building and improvements	$	19,179		$	43,574
Equipment and purchased software		57,914			51,528
Furniture and leasehold improvements		20,382			19,439
		97,475			114,541
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(62,250	)		(56,937	)
	$	35,225		$	57,604
Accrued and other liabilities:
Accrued compensation and benefits	$	21,163		$	23,190
Warranty provision		6,791			7,918
Accrued royalty payments		3,961			4,272
Current deferred tax liabilities		—			19,456
Other accrued liabilities		13,043			17,564
	$	44,958		$	72,400

Note 4: Goodwill and Long-Lived Asset Impairment

(in thousands)	Weighted average useful life	December 31, 2008							December 31, 2007
		Gross carrying amount		Accumulated amortization			Net carrying amount		Gross carrying amount		Accumulated amortization			Net carrying amount
Goodwill		$	122,581	$	—		$	122,581	$	211,780	$	—		$	211,780
Acquired technology	4.5	$	108,914	$	(94,354	)	$	14,560	$	100,878	$	(77,118	)	$	23,760
Patents, trademarks and trade names	24.0		49,829		(15,513	)		34,316		49,537		(13,091	)		36,446
Other intangible assets	6.1		65,765		(41,649	)		24,116		58,276		(31,928	)		26,348
Amortizable intangible assets	9.3	$	224,508	$	(151,516	)	$	72,992	$	208,691	$	(122,137	)	$	86,554

74

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Acquired technology, patents, trademarks and trade names and other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives of 1 to 30 years using the straight-line method which approximates the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed. Aggregate amortization expense was $29.4 million, $33.5 million, and $35.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. As of December 31, 2008 future estimated amortization expense related to amortizable intangible assets is estimated to be (in thousands):

For the periods:	Future amortization expense
2009	$	18,168
2010		10,944
2011		7,344
2012		4,242
Thereafter		32,294
	$	72,992

A reconciliation of the activity in goodwill for 2006 through 2008 is presented below (in thousands).

Ending balance, December 31, 2006	$	212,992
Additions		—
Other		(1,212	)(1)
Ending balance, December 31, 2007	$	211,780
Additions	$	14,939	(2)
Impairment		(103,991	)
Other		(147	)
Ending Balance, December 31, 2008	$	122,581

⁽¹⁾ Included in “Other” are translation adjustments of $0.6 million and an adjustment to taxes payable related to prior acquisitions of $(1.8) million.

⁽²⁾ Additions to goodwill consist of $13.0 million for Pace and $1.9 million for Raster.

We perform our annual impairment analysis of goodwill in the third quarter of each year according to the provisions of SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS 142”). The provision requires that we perform a two-step impairment test on goodwill. In the first step, we compare the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit, goodwill is not impaired and we are not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then we must perform the second step of the impairment testing to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is calculated by deducting the fair value of all tangible and intangible assets of the reporting unit, excluding goodwill, from the fair value of the reporting unit as determined in the first step. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then we record an impairment loss equal to the difference.

We performed our annual valuation analysis of goodwill on September 30, 2008 in accordance with SFAS142 as stated above. The goodwill valuation analysis was performed based on our respective reporting units—Controller, Inkjet, and Advanced Professional Print Software. Our reporting units are consistent with our product categories identified in Note 15 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Our product categories meet

75

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

the definition of a reporting unit one level below an operating segment in accordance with SFAS 142 as each product category constitute a business for which discrete financial information is available and reviewed by segment management.

We determined the fair value of the Inkjet reporting unit based on the weighting of market and income approaches. The fair value of the Controller and APPS reporting units was determined based on the market approach. Under the market approach, we estimated the fair value based on market multiples of revenues or earnings. Under the income approach, we measured fair value of the reporting units based on a projected cash flow method using a discount rate determined by our management which is commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model. Based on our valuation results, we had determined that the fair values of our reporting units continued to exceed their carrying values. Therefore, management determined that no goodwill impairment charge was required as of September 30, 2008.

We assess the impairment of identifiable intangibles and long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable or that the life of the asset may need to be revised. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include the following:

• significant negative industry or economic trends;

• significant decline in our stock price for a sustained period;

• our market capitalization relative to net book value; and

• significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business.

When we determine that the carrying value of intangibles or long-lived assets may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, we measure the potential impairment based on a projected discounted cash flow method using a discount rate determined by our management to be commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model. Our annual review of goodwill performed in the third quarter of 2008 indicated that there was no impairment of goodwill. We performed our annual valuation analysis of goodwill on September 30, 2008 in accordance with SFAS142 as stated above.

During the fourth quarter of 2008, our market capitalization declined significantly as a result of declining worldwide economic conditions caused by the tightening of global credit markets. Based on a combination of factors including the recent economic environment, the resulting erosion in our market capitalization, and the lowering of our 2009 revenue outlook subsequent to the third quarter of 2008, we performed an interim impairment analysis during the fourth quarter of 2008.

Based on the internal market-based valuation that we performed, the fair value of the Controller and APPS product categories significantly exceeded their carrying value as of December 31, 2008. Consequently, it was not considered necessary to obtain a third party valuation of these reporting units. A third party interim valuation was obtained with respect to the Inkjet product category, which was equally weighted between the income and market approach.

Based on the outcome of the interim impairment analysis, we concluded that an impairment had occurred relating to the Inkjet product category resulting in a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $104 million during the fourth quarter of 2008. There were no impairments of goodwill, intangible assets or long lived assets in 2007 and 2006.

Solely for purposes of establishing inputs for the fair value calculations described above related to goodwill impairment testing, we made the following assumptions:

• the current economic downturn will continue through fiscal year 2010,

76

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

• the economic downturn is partially mitigated by new product introductions in 2010,

• followed by a recovery period between 2011 and 2013, and

• long-term industry growth past 2013.

Our discounted cash flow projections for the Inkjet reporting unit were based on five-year financial forecasts. The five-year forecasts were based on annual financial forecasts developed internally by management for use in managing our business and through discussions with the independent valuation firm engaged by us. The significant assumptions of these five-year forecasts included annual revenue growth rates ranging from (11.0%) to 12% for the Inkjet reporting unit. The future cash flows were discounted to present value using a mid-year convention and a discount rate of 16%. Terminal values were calculated using the Gordon growth methodology with a long-term growth rate of 4.5%. The sum of the fair values of the Controllers, APPS, and Inkjet reporting units was reconciled to our current market capitalization (based on our stock price) plus an estimated control premium. The significant assumptions used in determining fair values of the reporting units using comparable company market values include the determination of appropriate market comparables, the estimated multiples of revenue, EBIT, and EBITDA that a willing buyer is likely to pay, and the estimated control premium a willing buyer is likely to pay.

Given the current economic environment and the uncertainties regarding the impact on our business, there can be no assurance that our estimates and assumptions regarding the duration of the ongoing economic downturn, or the period or strength of recovery, made for purposes of our goodwill impairment testing during the three months ended December 31, 2008 will prove to be accurate predictions of the future. If our assumptions regarding forecasted revenue or gross margin rates are not achieved, we may be required to record additional goodwill impairment charges in future periods relating to any of our reporting units, whether in connection with the next annual impairment testing in the third quarter of 2009 or prior to that, if any such change constitutes a triggering event outside of the quarter from when the annual goodwill impairment test is performed. It is not possible at this time to determine if any such future impairment charge would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be material.

Other investments consist of equity and debt investments in privately-held companies that develop products, markets and services that are strategic to us. Investments in which we exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies, but do not have a majority voting, interest are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

The process of assessing whether a particular equity investment’s fair value is less than its carrying cost requires a significant amount of judgment due to the lack of a mature and stable public market for these securities. In making this judgment, we carefully consider the investee’s most recent financial results, cash position, recent cash flow data, projected cash flows (both short and long-term), financing needs, recent financing rounds, most recent valuation data, the current investing environment, management or ownership changes, and competition. This process is based primarily on information that we request and receive from these privately-held companies, and is performed on a quarterly basis. Although we evaluate all of our privately-held equity investments for impairment based on the criteria established above, each investment’s fair value is only estimated when events or changes in circumstances have occurred that may have a significant effect on its fair value (because the fair value of each investment is not readily determinable). Where these factors indicate that the equity investment’s fair value is less than its carrying cost, and where we consider such diminution in value to be other than temporary, we record an impairment charge to reduce such equity investment to its estimated net realizable value.

During the fourth quarter of 2008, we assessed each remaining investment’s R&D technology pipeline and market conditions for the next several years in the industry and determined that it is no longer probable that they will generate enough positive future cash flows to recover the full carrying amount of the investment. Please refer to the preceding paragraph for a full discussion of the factors considered. As such, we recognized an impairment charge of $7.9 million.

77

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Note 5: Investments and Fair Value Measurements

Debt and marketable equity securities are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value, which is determined based on quoted market prices, with net unrealized gains and losses included in Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax. We review investments in debt and equity securities for other-than-temporary impairment whenever the fair value of an investment is less than the amortized cost and evidence indicates that the investment’s carrying amount is not recoverable within a reasonable period of time. To determine whether an impairment is other-than-temporary, we consider whether we have the ability and intent to hold the investment until a market price recovery and consider whether evidence indicating the cost of the investment is recoverable outweighs evidence to the contrary. We have determined that the gross unrealized losses on short-term investments at December 31, 2008 are temporary in nature because each investment meets our investment policy credit quality requirements and we have the ability and the intent to hold these investments until they recover their unrealized losses, which may be until maturity.

The following tables summarize our available-for-sale securities (in thousands):

December 31, 2008	Amortized cost		Gross unrealized gains		Gross unrealized losses			Fair value
U.S. Government securities	$	14,453	$	242	$	(1	)	$	14,694
Corporate debt securities		36,871		33		(961	)	$	35,943
Municipal securities		3,624		38		—			3,662
Money market funds(1)		2,900		—		—			2,900
Total short-term investments	$	57,848	$	313	$	(962	)	$	57,199
December 31, 2007
U.S. Government securities	$	151,892	$	1,290	$	(19	)	$	153,163
Corporate debt securities		180,288		1,083		(318	)		181,053
Total short-term investments	$	332,180	$	2,373	$	(337	)	$	334,216

⁽¹⁾ Money market funds of $2.9 million represent funds from The Reserve Primary Fund (“Fund”) reclassified from cash and cash equivalents as the Fund has adopted a plan of liquidation in 2008. As a result, the Fund’s shares were not tradable at December 31, 2008. Our interest in the Fund was approximately $14.8 million prior to their adoption of the liquidation plan. As of December 31, 2008, we received a total of $11.7 million in partial liquidation of our interest in the Fund, which has been invested in alternative money market funds all of which are highly liquid and currently tradable at $1 Net Asset Value. On February 20, 2009, we received a total of $1.0 million in further partial liquidation of our interest in the Fund, which was similarly invested in alternative money market funds freely tradable at $1 Net Asset Value.

The following table summarizes the contractual maturities of the available-for-sale investment securities as of December 31, 2008 (in thousands):

	Amortized cost		Fair value
Mature in less than one year	$	26,366	$	25,743
Mature in one to three years		31,482		31,456
Total short-term investments	$	57,848	$	57,199

78

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, $3.9 million was recognized in net realized gains, which comprised $5.3 million in realized gains from sale of investments offset by $1.4 million in realized losses of which $0.6 million impairment charges related to the Fund, and one corporate debt instrument due to its significantly low level of trading activity. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2007, $0.3 million was recognized in net realized losses, which comprised $0.7 million in realized gains from sale of investments offset by $1.0 million in realized losses of which $0.3 million impairment charges on one corporate debt instrument due to its significantly low level of trading activity. As of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, net unrealized losses of $0.6 million and net unrealized gains of $2.0 million, respectively, were included in accumulated other comprehensive income in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Fair Value Measurements

The company adopted SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS No. 157”), effective January 1, 2008. SFAS No. 157 identifies fair value as the exchange price, or exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As a basis for considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, SFAS No. 157 establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy as follows:

Level 1: Inputs that are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date;

Level 2: Inputs that are other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability through correlation with market data at the measurement date for the duration of the instrument’s anticipated life or by comparison to similar instruments; and

Level 3: Inputs that are unobservable inputs that reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. These include management’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

At December 31, 2008 the Company’s investments have been presented in accordance with the fair value hierarchy specified in SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements as follows:

			Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date using
	December 31, 2008		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
U.S. Government securities	$	14,694	$	—	$	14,694	$	—
Corporate debt securities		35,943		—		35,744		199
Municipal securities		3,663		—		3,663		—
Money market funds		99,827		96,927		—		2,900
	$	154,127	$	96,927	$	54,101	$	3,099

Included in money market funds is $96.9 million which have been classified as Cash Equivalents at December 31, 2008.

Investments are generally classified within Level 1 or Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using quoted market prices, or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Investments in United States Treasury securities and overnight Money Market Mutual Funds have been classified as Level 1 because these securities are valued based upon quoted prices in active markets or because the investments are actively traded at $1.00 Net Asset Value.

79

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Government Agency investments and Corporate Debt instruments (including investments in Asset-Backed and Mortgage-Backed securities) have generally been classified as Level 2 because markets for these securities are less active or valuations for such securities utilize significant inputs which are directly or indirectly observable.

At December 31, 2008, one Corporate Debt instrument and one Money Market Fund have been classified as Level 3 due to their significantly low trading activity. The portion of Money Market Fund which has been classified as Level 3 consists of funds placed in The Reserve Primary Fund of $2.9 million at December 31, 2008.

The following table presents a reconciliation of all assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 (in thousands):

	Level 3
	Corporate Debt Securities			Money Market Funds
Balance at December 31, 2007	$	687		$	—
Reclassification from Level 2 to Level 3		—			14,836
Included in other income (loss), net		(313	)		(251	)
Included in other comprehensive income		(96	)		—
Purchases, sales, and maturities		(79	)		(11,685	)
Balance at December 31, 2008	$	199		$	2,900
Impairment charges for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 in other income (loss), net attributable to assets still held as of December 31, 2008		(340	)		(251	)

Note 6: Convertible Debt

On June 4, 2003, we sold $240.0 million of 1.50% convertible senior debentures due 2023 (“Debentures”) in a private placement, which are unsecured senior obligations, paying interest semi-annually in arrears at an annual rate of 1.50%.

On June 2, 2008, (the ‘Redemption Date’), we redeemed the outstanding balance of the Debentures at our option, which totaled $240.0 million and was 100% of the principal amount. Interest paid during the second quarter of 2008 totaled $1.8 million, which consisted of accrued and unpaid interest payments between December 1, 2007 and June 2, 2008.

Note 7: Other Comprehensive Income

The activity in other comprehensive income and related tax effects are as follows (in thousands):

	Years ended December 31,
	2008			2007		2006
Net unrealized investment (losses)/gains:
Unrealized holding gains, net of tax provision of ($1.0) million in 2008, ($1.1) million in 2007 and ($1.2) million in 2006	$	1,532		$	1,649	$	1,759
Reclassification adjustment for gains (losses) included in net income, net of tax (provision) benefit of $2.1 million in 2008, $0.0 million in 2007 and ($0.2) million in 2006		(3,133	)		20		348
Net unrealized investment gains (losses)		(1,601	)		1,669		2,107
Translation adjustments		(295	)		666		1,199
Other comprehensive income/(loss)		(1,896	)		2,335		3,306

80

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income was (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2008			2007
Net unrealized investment (losses) /gains	$	(388	)	$	1,213
Translation gains		2,064			2,359
Accumulated other comprehensive income	$	1,676		$	3,572

Note 8: Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

Off-Balance Sheet Financing—Synthetic Lease Arrangement

As of December 31, 2008 we were a party to two synthetic leases (the “301 Lease” and the “303 Lease”, together “Leases”) covering our Foster City facilities located at 301 and 303 Velocity Way, Foster City, California. These leases provided a cost effective means of providing adequate office space for our corporate offices. Both Leases were scheduled to expire in July 2014. The Leases included an option to, purchase the facilities during or at the end of the term of the Leases for the amount expended by the lessor to purchase the facilities. The funds pledged under the Leases ($56.9 million for the 303 Lease and $31.7 million for the 301 Lease at December 31, 2008 for a total of $88.6 million) are in LIBOR-based interest bearing accounts and are restricted to withdrawals at all times.

We have exercised our purchase option in January 2009 with respect to the 301 Lease. On January 29, 2009, we completed the sale of land and building to Gilead for a total price of $137.5 million, subject to an escrow holdback of $15.5 million. The escrow period expires January 2010. The property sold included approximately thirty acres of land and the office building located on the land at 301 Velocity Way, Foster City, California, consisting of approximately 163,000 square feet and certain other assets related to the property. Accordingly, the $31.7 million of pledged funds have been re-classified as Assets Held For Sale in the condensed consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2008.

We have guaranteed to the lessor a residual value associated with the buildings equal to 82% of their funding of the respective Leases. Under the financial covenants, we must maintain a minimum net worth and a minimum tangible net worth as of the end of each quarter. There is an additional covenant regarding mergers. We were in compliance with all such financial and merger related covenants as of December 31, 2008. We have assessed our exposure in relation to the first loss guarantees under the Leases and have determined that there is no deficiency to the guaranteed value at December 31, 2008. If there is a decline in value, we will record a loss associated with the residual value guarantee. In conjunction with the Leases, we have entered into separate ground leases with the lessor for approximately 30 years. As of December 31, 2008, we were treated as the owner of these buildings for federal income tax purposes. Since we exercised our purchase option with respect to the 301 Lease, our maximum exposure under our remaining synthetic lease arrangement is $56.9 million as of January 29, 2009.

We apply the accounting and disclosure rules set forth in FASB Interpretation No. 46 “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities”, as revised (“FIN 46R”) for variable interest entities (“VIEs”). We have evaluated our synthetic lease agreements to determine if the arrangements qualify as variable interest entities under FIN 46R. We have determined that the synthetic lease agreements do qualify as VIEs; however, because we are not the primary beneficiary under FIN 46R we are not required to consolidate the VIEs in our financial statements.

As part of the September 2004 amended financing arrangement for the 301 Lease, we completed a valuation of the building located at 301 Velocity Way. Under the original financing agreement, we guaranteed the lessor upon

81

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

termination of the original lease an 82% residual value in the building which cost $43.1 million to construct. The valuation provided a value of approximately $31.7 million, and we recorded a one-time loss of $11.4 million associated with the original lease. In addition, we took a non-cash charge of $0.9 million for capitalized costs associated with the financial arrangement.

We also lease office facilities in various locations in the United States and overseas. Following is a table for future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases and future minimum sublease income under non-cancellable subleases for each of the next five years and thereafter (in thousands) as of December 31, 2008:

Fiscal Year	Future Minimum Lease Payments		Future Minimum Sublease Income
2009	$	8,155	$	2,384
2010		6,536		2,217
2011		5,322		558
2012		5,295		—
2013		4,505		—
Thereafter		3,222		—
Total	$	33,035	$	5,159

Lease obligation related to the principal corporate facility is estimated and is based on current market interest rates (LIBOR) and based on collateralized assumptions.

In January, 2009, we sold the 163,000 square foot building and approximately 30 acres of land in our Foster City, California campus to Gilead. As a result of the sale, total future minimum operating lease obligations would decrease by approximately $5.8 million for 2009 and beyond, and total sublease income would decrease by approximately $5.0 million for 2009 and beyond.

Rent expense was approximately $9.9 million, $11.0 million, and $10.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Sublease rental income was approximately $2.5 million, $2.1 million, and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Purchase Commitments

We sub-contract with other companies to manufacture our products. During the normal course of business the sub-contractors procure components based upon orders placed by us. If we cancel all or part of the order, we may still be liable to the sub-contractors for the cost of the components purchased by the sub-contractors for placement in our products. We periodically review the potential liability and the adequacy of the related allowance. Our consolidated financial position and results of operations could be negatively impacted if we were required to compensate the sub-contract manufacturers for amounts in excess of the related allowance.

Guarantees and Product Warranties

Under Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No 45, Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others (“FIN 45”), we are required upon issuance of a guarantee to disclose and recognize a liability for the fair value of the obligation we assume under that guarantee.

Our products are generally accompanied by a 12-month warranty, which covers both parts and labor. We accrue for warranty costs as part of cost of sales based on associated material product costs and technical support labor costs. The warranty provision is based upon historical experience, by product, configuration and geographic region.

82

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Changes in the warranty reserves for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 were as follows (in thousands):

Balance at December 31, 2006	$	6,655
Provision for warranty during the year		9,136
Settlements		(7,873	)
Balance at December 31, 2007		7,918
Provision for warranty during the year		5,720
Settlements		(6,847	)
Balance at December 31, 2008	$	6,791

The lease agreements for our company headquarters provided for residual value guarantees. Under FIN 45, the fair value of a residual value guarantee in lease agreements entered into after December 31, 2002, must be recognized as a liability on our consolidated balance sheet. We have determined that the residual value guarantees do not represent a material liability as of December 31, 2008.

In the normal course of business and in an effort to facilitate the sales of our products, we sometimes indemnify other parties, including customers, lessors and parties to other transactions with us. Typically our indemnity provisions provide that we agree to hold the other party harmless against losses arising from a breach of representations and warranties or covenants and intellectual property infringement. Our indemnity provisions often limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made as well as the amount of the claim which can be made. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our current and former officers and directors; our bylaws also contain similar indemnification obligations for our agents.

Legal Proceedings

We may be involved, from time to time, in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations and proceedings relating to contractual disputes, securities law, intellectual property, employment matters and other claims or litigation matters relating to various claims that arise in the normal course of our business. We determine whether an estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. We assess our potential liability by analyzing our specific litigation and regulatory matters using available information. We develop our views on estimated losses in consultation with inside and outside counsel, which involves a subjective analysis of potential results and outcomes, assuming various combinations of appropriate litigation and settlement strategies. Because of the uncertainties related to both the amount and ranges of possible loss on the pending litigation matters, we are unable to predict with certainty the precise liability that could finally result from a range of possible unfavorable outcomes. However, taking all of the above factors into account, we reserve an amount that we could reasonably expect to pay. However, our estimates could be wrong, and we could pay more or less than our current accrual. Litigation can be costly, diverting management’s attention and could, upon resolution, have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow.

As of December 31, 2008, the end of the annual period covered by this report, we are subject to the various claims, lawsuits, investigations or proceedings discussed below, as well as certain other legal proceedings that have arisen in the ordinary course of business. We also settled certain matters during the fourth quarter of 2008.

Leggett & Platt, Inc. and L&P Property Management Company:

On November 6, 2007, EFI filed a complaint against Leggett & Platt, Inc. and its patent holding subsidiary, L&P Property Management Company, in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Missouri for declaratory

83

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

and injunctive relief challenging the validity and enforceability of a patent issued to L&P. The challenged patent is a continuation of a patent that L&P previously asserted against EFI in a prior court action. The court ultimately invalidated the patent in the prior court action on multiple grounds. EFI firmly believes that the court should summarily invalidate the continuation patent for similar reasons. Further, EFI believes that L&P’s failure to adequately disclose the previous lawsuit proceedings to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office amounts to inequitable conduct that should render the new patent unenforceable. Thus, EFI has filed a motion for summary judgment on these issues. L&P filed counterclaims against EFI, including claims for alleged infringement of the continuation patent. While EFI believes that its products do not infringe, due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, we cannot accurately predict the ultimate outcome of this litigation.

Durst Fototechnik Technology GmbH v. Electronics for Imaging, GmbH et al.:

On February 23, 2007, Durst brought a patent infringement action against Electronics for Imaging, GmbH (“EFI GmbH”) in the Mannheim District Court in Germany. On May 10, 2007, EFI GmbH filed its Statement of Defenses. These defenses include lack of jurisdiction, non-infringement, invalidity and unenforceability based on Durst’s improper actions before the German patent office. The Company filed its Statement of Defense on August 29, 2007. EFI’s defenses include those for EFI GmbH, as well as an additional defense for prior use based on EFI’s own European patent rights. The Mannheim court conducted a trial on November 30, 2007. At the conclusion of the trial, the court ordered the parties to provide further briefing regarding issues raised by EFI regarding the validity of Durst’s patent. On February 15, 2008, the Court decided to appoint an expert to assist it on questions related to the validity of the Durst utility model right. EFI will continue to defend itself vigorously. While EFI believes that its products do not infringe any valid claim of Durst’s patent, due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, we cannot accurately predict the ultimate outcome of this litigation.

Acacia | Screentone Patent Litigation:

On August 8, 2007, Screentone Systems Corporation, a subsidiary of Acacia Technologies Group, initiated litigation against several defendants, including Konica Minolta Printing Solutions, Canon USA, and Ricoh Americas, for infringement of a patent related to apparatus and methods of digital halftoning in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas. Konica Minolta, Canon and Ricoh are EFI customers. EFI has contractual obligations to indemnify its customers to varying degrees and subject to various circumstances. At least one defendant has written requesting indemnification for any EFI products that allegedly infringe these patents.

In order to protect its products and its customers, on November 13, 2007 EFI filed a declaratory judgment action (“DJ”) in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California seeking to invalidate the patent asserted in the Texas action, as well as an additional patent Acacia identified in previous correspondence. At about the same time, other defendants from the Texas actions filed DJ actions in Washington and Delaware. A federal multidistrict litigation panel consolidated all cases with EFI’s case in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, where the consolidated cases are now proceeding. The claims challenging the patent first asserted in the Texas action remain pending, and the consolidated case is currently set for trial on August 30, 2010.

While EFI does not believe that its products infringed any valid claim of Acacia and Screentone’s patents, due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, we cannot accurately predict the ultimate outcome of this litigation.

Bureau of Industry and Security Export Investigation:

In January 2005, prior to EFI’s acquisition of VUTEk, the U.S. Commerce Department’s Bureau of Industry and Security (“BIS”) initiated an investigation of VUTEk relating to VUTEk’s alleged failure to comply with U.S. export regulations in connection with several export sales to Syria in 2004. EFI self-initiated an internal

84

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

compliance review of historical export practices for both VUTEk and EFI. Potential violations uncovered during our compliance review were voluntarily disclosed to BIS in November 2006 (for VUTEk) and December 2006 (for EFI). Additionally, we provided BIS with detailed reports of our compliance review findings and supplemental information in March 2007 (for VUTEk) and May 2007 (for EFI). The areas of possible non-compliance found in the internal review relate to: (1) deemed exports of controlled encryption source code and/or technology to foreign nationals of Syria and Iran, (2) exports of printers and other products with encryption functionality before completion of encryption reviews by BIS and (3) statistical reporting errors on some export declarations. The Office of Export Enforcement at BIS HQ referred the VUTEk matter to an attorney in the Office of Chief Counsel for Industry and Security for final determination. In December 2008, these matters were resolved solely with administrative penalties of $32,000.

Purported Derivative Shareholder Complaints:

Beginning on August 16, 2006, several purported derivative shareholder complaints were filed in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of San Mateo, the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, and Delaware Chancery Court. The complaints generally alleged that certain of the Company’s current and former officers and/or directors breached their fiduciary duties by improperly backdating stock option grants to various officers and directors in violation of the Company’s stock option plans, as well as in improperly accounting for the allegedly backdated options in violation of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. The actions in the Northern District of California also alleged that the individual defendants violated the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Delaware actions also purported to be brought on behalf of a class consisting of all others similarly situated and alleged a class claim for breach of the fiduciary duty of disclosure. The actions filed in San Mateo County were dismissed without prejudice. The actions in the Northern District of California were stayed in deference to the litigation pending in Delaware.

On September 4, 2008, the Delaware Chancery Court approved the previously disclosed proposed settlement of related shareholder derivative litigation concerning the Company’s historical option granting practices. On October 6, 2008, the time to file a notice of appeal from the Chancery Court’s order approving the settlement elapsed, and no notice of appeal was filed.

Pursuant to the settlement, the Company received $5.0 million in insurance proceeds and paid approximately $3.1 million in plaintiffs’ legal fees and costs in October 2008. The settlement also provided for the adoption of certain remedial measures, including the cancellation and repricing of certain stock options, certain payments to be made to the Company and the adoption of a number of changes to EFI’s corporate governance and procedures.

Tesseron Patent Litigation:

On September 26, 2007, Tesseron, Ltd. initiated litigation against Konica Minolta Business Solutions USA, Konica Minolta Business Technologies and Konica Minolta Holdings for infringement of eight patents related to variable printing technology in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Ohio, Eastern Division. Konica Minolta is an EFI customer and the complaint references EFI Fiery variable data enabled printer controllers. EFI has contractual obligations to indemnify its customers to varying degrees and subject to various circumstances. Konica Minolta has written requesting indemnification for any EFI products that allegedly infringe these patents. On December 6, 2007, Tesseron filed an amended complaint in the Ohio action wherein it added EFI and Ricoh as defendants, but dropped 6 of the 8 original patents in suit.

On October 30, 2007, EFI filed a complaint against Tesseron in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, which subsequently transferred the action to the United States District Court for the Northern District of Ohio. EFI’s complaint sought a declaratory judgment that Tesseron’s patents are invalid and/

85

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

or not infringed. EFI also sought to prevent Tesseron and its attorneys from threatening EFI or its OEM customers with infringement of those patents, or bringing a lawsuit claiming infringement with regard to such products. After transfer of EFI’s action to Ohio, EFI negotiated for a covenant not to sue on 6 of the 8 patents that Tesseron had originally threatened against EFI and its customers.

On September 30, 2008, EFI reached a settlement with Tesseron and, on October 17, 2008, the Ohio District Court dismissed EFI’s and Tesseron’s claims, defenses, and counterclaims against one another. The terms of the settlement between the parties are confidential and the amount has been paid to Tesseron in full.

Note 9: Common Stock Repurchase Programs

In November 2007, our Board of Directors authorized $100.0 million to be used for the repurchase of our outstanding common stock. Under this publicly announced plan, we repurchased a total of 3.0 million shares for an aggregate purchase price of $67.3 million in 2007, and we repurchased a total of 4.7 million shares for an aggregate purchase price of $64.6 million in 2008. In February 2009, the remaining $33.2 million was canceled by the Board of Directors and replaced with a new authorization to purchase an additional $100.0 million of outstanding common stock. In 2008, we purchased an additional 55 thousand shares for an aggregate purchase price of $0.6 million from employees to satisfy tax withholding obligations that arise on the vesting of shares of restricted stock and stock units. These repurchased shares are recorded as treasury stock and are accounted for under the cost method. None of the shares of common stock we have repurchased have been retired. Our buyback program is limited by SEC regulations and by compliance with the Company’s insider trading policy.

Note 10: Disposition of Product Line

In June 2006 we sold our inventory and intangible assets related to the Mobile Workforce Automation product line for $10.0 million. Other elements of this product line are still reported under continued operations.

Note 11: Income Taxes

The components of income from operations before income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

	For the years ended December 31,
	2008			2007			2006
U.S.	$	(153,597	)	$	(34,110	)	$	90,939
Foreign		20,521			56,319			(49,408	)
Total	$	(133,076	)	$	22,209		$	41,531

86

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

The provision (benefit) for income taxes is summarized as follows (in thousands)

	For the years ended December 31,
	2008			2007			2006
Current:
U.S. Federal	$	8,256		$	4,470		$	16,662
State		825			3,099			283
Foreign		5,099			5,234			2,103
Total current		14,180			12,803			19,048
Deferred:
U.S. Federal		(27,235	)		(10,230	)		19,237
State		(6,465	)		(6,919	)		3,592
Foreign		(112	)		(288	)		(163	)
Total deferred		(33,812	)		(17,437	)		22,666
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes	$	(19,632	)	$	(4,634	)	$	41,714

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows (in thousands):

	2008			2007
Inventory reserves	$	1,068		$	1,812
Other reserves and accruals		6,246			6,672
Accrued compensation and benefits		2,397			2,719
Net operating loss carry forwards		15,243			21,832
Tax credit carry forwards		30,140			40,626
Deferred revenue		2,760			2,694
Stock-based compensation		18,892			19,356
Other		5,563			3,888
Gross deferred tax assets		82,309			99,599
Depreciation		(8,850	)		(4,105	)
Amortization of intangibles		(4,203	)		(24,039	)
Convertible debt		—			(33,389	)
State taxes		(4,448	)		(5,179	)
Gross deferred tax liabilities		(17,501	)		(66,712	)
Deferred tax valuation allowance		(3,981	)		(5,339	)
Total deferred tax assets, net	$	60,827		$	27,548

87

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Reconciliation between the income tax provision (benefit) computed at the federal statutory rate and the actual tax provision (benefit) is as follows (in thousands):

	For the years ended December 31,
	2008					2007					2006
Tax expense (benefit) at federal statutory rate	$	(46,577	)	35.0	%	$	7,775		35.0	%	$	14,536		35.0	%
State income taxes, net of federal benefit		(2,059	)	1.6			(2,430	)	(10.9	)		2,446		5.9
Research and development credits		(5,413	)	4.1			(2,981	)	(13.4	)		(2,555	)	(6.2	)
Foreign tax rate differential		(1,636	)	1.2			(7,031	)	(31.7	)		26,197		63.2
Reduction in accrual for estimated potential tax assessments		(422	)	0.3			(1,293	)	(5.8	)		(395	)	(1.0	)
Extra-territorial income exclusion		—		—			—		—			(998	)	(2.4	)
Non-deductible travel & entertainment		363		(0.3	)		395		1.8			348		0.8
Non-deductible stock compensation charge		7,015		(5.3	)		1,447		6.5			1,214		2.9
Goodwill impairment		29,663		(22.3	)		—		—			—		—
Valuation allowance changes affecting provision for income taxes		(1,122	)	0.9			(619	)	(2.8	)		1,129		2.7
Other		556		(0.4	)		103		0.4			(208	)	(0.5	)
	$	(19,632	)	14.8	%	$	(4,634	)	(20.9	)%	$	41,714		100.4	%

We have $38.4 million ($37.7 million for state tax purposes) and $13.9 million ($16.1 million for state tax purposes) of loss and credit carry-forwards at December 31, 2008 for US federal tax purposes. These losses and credits will expire between 2010 and 2021. A significant portion of these net operating loss and credit carry-forwards relate to recent acquisitions and utilization of these loss and credit carry-forwards will be subject to an annual limitation under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code (IRC). We also have a valuation allowance related to foreign tax credits resulting from the 2003 acquisition of Best and compensation limitations potentially limited by IRC 162(m). If these foreign tax credits and the compensation deductions are ultimately utilized, the resulting benefit would reduce tax expense.

Effective January 1, 2007 we adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes by requiring a tax position be recognized only when it is more likely than not that the tax position, based on its technical merits, will be sustained upon ultimate settlement with the applicable tax authority. The tax benefit to be recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the applicable tax authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. The cumulative effect of adopting FIN 48 has been recorded in 2007 as an increase of $4.8 million to retained earnings, and a decrease of $1.1 million and $5.9 million in goodwill and taxes payable respectively.

88

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

As of December 31 2008 and December 31, 2007, the total amount of gross unrecognized benefits was $33.8 million and $33.4 million which, after December 31, 2008, would affect the effective tax rate if recognized. Over the next twelve months, our existing tax positions will continue to generate an increase in liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits. A reconciliation of the change in the gross unrecognized tax benefits from January 1, 2007 to December 31, 2008 is as follows:

	Federal, State and Foreign Tax			Accrued Interest and Penalties		Gross Unrecognized Income Tax Benefits
Balance at January 1, 2007	$	25.0		$	0.6	$	25.6
Additions for tax positions of prior years		—			0.3		0.3
Additions for tax positions related to 2007		9.8			—		9.8
Reductions for tax positions of prior years		(1.6	)		—		(1.6	)
Settlements		—			—		—
Reductions due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations		(0.7	)		—		(0.7	)
Balance at December 31, 2007	$	32.5		$	0.9	$	33.4
Additions for tax positions of prior years		0.2			0.7		0.9
Additions for tax positions related to 2008		7.4			—		7.4
Reductions for tax positions of prior years		(0.2	)		—		(0.2	)
Settlements		(6.9	)		—		(6.9	)
Reductions due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations		(0.8	)		—		(0.8	)
Balance at December 31, 2008	$	32.2		$	1.6	$	33.8

We recognize potential accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. At December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, we have accrued $2.6 million and $1.5 million for potential payments of interest and penalties.

As of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the amount of net unrecognized benefits that, after December 31, 2008, would impact our effective tax rate if recognized was $33.8 million and $33.4 million respectively, offset by a deferred tax charge of $2.3 million and $2.9 million related to the federal tax effect of state taxes for the same periods. We were subject to examination by both the US federal and state tax jurisdictions for the 2004-2007 tax years and the Netherlands for 2006-2007 tax years. In the third quarter of 2008, we finalized a closing agreement with the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) to complete their examination of the 2002 through 2004 tax years. As a result of the IRS audit settlement, we reduced our unrecognized tax benefits by $6.6 million, of which $2.5 million was recorded as a tax benefit in 2008. The reduction in unrecognized tax benefits related primarily to intercompany cost allocations and the research and development credits. Since the timing of the resolution of audits is uncertain, we are unable to estimate any potential adjustments in the next 12 months to the balance of unrecognized tax benefits.

Note 12: Employee Benefit Plans

Equity Incentive Plans

As of December 31, 2008, we have 12 equity incentive plans. Since the approval by the Stockholders, on December 14, 2007, of our new 2007 Equity Incentive Award Plan, no awards may be granted under our 11 previously adopted equity incentive plans. As of December 31, 2008, 10 of these plans adopted prior to the 2007 Equity Incentive Award Plan continue to have outstanding awards.

89

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Our primary equity incentive plans are summarized as follows:

2007 Stock Plan

In December 2007, our stockholders approved the 2007 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the “2007 Plan”) and the reservation of an aggregate of 3,300,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for issuance pursuant to the 2007 Plan. The 2007 Plan provides for grants of stock options (both incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options), restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, performance shares, performance stock units, dividend equivalents, stock payments, deferred stock, restricted stock units and performance-based awards. Options and awards generally vest over a period of three to four years from the date of grant and generally expire seven to ten years from the date of the grant. The terms of the 2007 Plan provide that an option price shall not be less than 100% of fair market value on the date of the grant. Our Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors”) may grant a stock bonus or stock unit award under the 2007 Plan in lieu of all or a portion of any cash bonus that a participant would have otherwise received for the related performance period.

The shares of common stock covered by the 2007 Plan may be treasury shares, authorized but unissued shares, or shares purchased in the open market. If an award under the 2007 Plan is forfeited (including a reimbursement of an unvested award upon a participant’s termination of employment at a price equal to the par value of the common stock subject to the award) or expired, any shares of common stock subject to the award may be used again for new grants under the 2007 Plan.

The 2007 Plan is administered by a committee, which may be the Board of Directors or a committee appointed by the Board of Directors (the “Committee”). The Committee has the exclusive authority to administer the 2007 Plan, including the power to (i) designate participants under the 2007 Plan, (ii) determine the types of awards granted to participants under the 2007 Plan, the number of such awards, and the number of shares of common stock of the Company subject to such awards, (iii) determine and interpret the terms and conditions of any awards under the 2007 Plan, including the vesting schedule, exercise price, whether to settle, or accept the payment of any exercise price, in cash, common stock, other awards or other property, and whether an award may be cancelled, forfeited or surrendered, (iv) prescribe the form of each award agreement, and (v) adopt rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the 2007 Plan. The Committee does not have the authority to accelerate the vesting or waive the forfeiture of any qualified performance-based awards.

Persons eligible to participate in the 2007 Plan include all employees, directors and consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries, as determined by the Committee. As of December 31, 2008, approximately 2,000 employees and 5 non-employee directors were eligible to participate in the 2007 Plan.

As of December 31, 2008, there were 2.4 million shares outstanding and 0.6 million shares available for grant under the 2007 Plan. As of December 31, 2007, there were 1.1 million shares outstanding and 2.2 million shares available for grant under the 2007 Plan.

Since the adoption by the Company of the 2007 Plan, no awards may be granted under our previously adopted plans, described below.

2004 Stock Plan

With the adoption of the 2007 Plan, no additional awards may be granted under the 2004 Stock Plan (the “2004 Plan”). Under the 2004 Plan, 8.4 million shares of common stock were authorized for issuance. This amount includes 0.1 million shares that were consolidated from the acquired Splash Plan, T/R Plan and Printcafe Plans on June 7, 2006. The terms of the 2004 Plan provide that an option price shall not be less than 100% of fair market value on the date of the grant. The vesting period for restricted stock must be at least (a) one (1) year in

90

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

the case of a restricted stock award subject to a vesting schedule based upon the achievement of specified performance goals by the participant or (b) three (3) years in the case of a restricted stock award absent such performance-based vesting. Under this plan, restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards could be granted that did not comply with the preceding minimum vesting requirement as long as the aggregate number of shares of common stock issued with respect to such non-conforming awards granted under this plan did not exceed 10% of the reserve. The 2004 Plan provides for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control (as defined in the 2004 Plan). The options and restricted stock awards generally vest over a 42 to 48 month period and expire from seven to ten years from the date of the grant. As of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, there were 2.2 million, 3.4 million and 3.9 million shares, respectively, outstanding under the 2004 Plan.

1999 Stock Plan

With the adoption of the 2007 Plan, no additional awards may be granted under the 1999 Stock Plan (the “1999 Plan”). The 1999 Plan authorized 10.6 million shares of common stock for issuance. The terms of the 1999 Plan provide that an option price may not be less than 100% of fair market value and the purchase price under restricted stock purchase agreement may not be less than 50% of fair market value on the date of the grant. The Board of Directors or a committee designated by the Board of Directors had the authority to determine to whom options would be granted, the number of shares, the vesting period, the expiration date and the exercise price. The 1999 Plan provides for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control (as defined in the 1999 Plan). The options and restricted stock awards generally vest from two to four years and expire from seven to ten years from the date of the grant. As of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, there were 2.4 million, 3.3 million and 3.7 million shares respectively, outstanding under the 1999 Plan.

1990 Stock Plan

The 1990 Stock Option Plan (the “1990 Plan”) by its terms expired in June 2000 and no additional awards may be granted under this plan. In June 1990, the Company adopted the 1990 Plan, which, as amended, provided for the issuance of incentive and nonqualified stock options to our employees, directors and non-employees. The Company reserved 13.2 million shares of common stock for issuance under the 1990 Plan. The terms of the 1990 Plan required that incentive stock options be granted with an exercise price of no less than the fair market value on the date of the grant. The original terms of the 1990 Plan provided that the exercise price of nonqualified stock options could not be less than 85% of the fair market value on the date of the grant. On May 4, 1995, the 1990 Plan was amended to provide that the Company would not grant options at less than 100% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant. Generally, the options vested over a four year period. The 1990 Plan allows the Company to buy out an option grant for a payment in cash or shares, an option previously granted based on terms and conditions as established by the Company at the time such offer is made. The 1990 Plan provides for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control (as defined in the 1990 Plan). The options are exercisable at times and increments as specified by the Board of Directors, and expire not more than 10 years from date of grant. All options available under the 1990 Plan have been issued. Any shares (plus any shares that might in the future be returned to the 1990 Plan as a result of cancellations) that remained available for future grants under the 1990 Plan have been cancelled. As of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, there were approximately 0.7 million, 1.3 million, and 1.8 million shares, respectively, outstanding under the 1990 Plan.

Acquired Stock Plans

In connection with our acquisition of Splash Technology Holdings, Inc., T/R Systems, Inc, Print Café and Management Graphics, Inc, we assumed their stock incentive plans. As of December 31, 2008, there were 0.2 million options outstanding under these acquired stock plans.

91

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In May 2000, our Board of Directors adopted the 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), which became effective on August 1, 2000 and reserved 0.4 million shares of common stock for issuance under the ESPP. The ESPP, as amended, has an automatic share increase feature pursuant to which the shares reserved under the ESPP will automatically increase on the first trading day in January of each year, beginning with calendar year 2006 and continuing through calendar year 2012. The amount of increase is equal to three quarters of one percent (0.75%) of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on the last trading day of December in the immediately preceding calendar year but in no event shall any such increase exceed 2.5 million shares annually. As of December 31, 2008, 0.8 million shares of the Company’s stock have been reserved for issuance under the ESPP.

The ESPP is qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. Eligible employees may contribute from one percent to ten percent of their base compensation not to exceed ten percent of the employee’s earnings. Employees are not able to purchase more than the number of shares having a value greater than $25,000 in any calendar year, as measured at the beginning of the offering period under the ESPP. The purchase price shall be the lesser of 85% of the fair market value of the stock, either on the offering date or on the purchase date. The offering period shall not exceed 27 months beginning with the offering date. The ESPP provided for offerings of 4 consecutive, overlapping 6-month offering periods, with a new offering period commencing on the first trading day on or after February 1 and August 1 of each year.

The ESPP was suspended effective November 9, 2006 as a result of the Company not being able to timely file its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006 and remained suspended through the fourth quarter of 2007, when we became current in our filings with the SEC. For all participants that did not withdraw from the plan, contributions made through that date were being held to be applied towards the first purchase date subsequent to the reinstatement of the plan. We returned all amounts for participants with an offering period that exceeded 22 months from the beginning of the offering date. We resumed this plan in the fourth quarter of 2007. No shares were issued under the ESPP in 2007. In 2008 and 2006, 0.5 million and 0.4 million shares were issued under the ESPP at an average purchase price of $12.18 and $14.75, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, there was $2.8 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to share-based compensation arrangements granted under the ESPP. That cost is expected to be recognized over a period of 1.8 years. At December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, there were 0.3 million, 0.4 million and 0.1 million shares, respectively, available for issuance under the ESPP.

Valuation and Expense Information under SFAS 123(R)

Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS 123(R), which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all equity awards made to our employees and directors, including employee stock options, restricted stock and employee stock purchases related to all stock-based compensation plans based on estimated fair values.

We use the Black-Scholes-Merton (“BSM”) model to value stock-based compensation for all equity awards except market based awards. Market based awards are valued using a Monte Carlo valuation model. The BSM model is the same model which was previously used in preparing our pro forma disclosure required under SFAS 123.

The BSM model determines the fair value of share-based payment awards based on the stock price on the date of grant and is affected by assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, EFI’s expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards and actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors. Option-pricing models were developed for use in

92

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

estimating the value of traded options that have no vesting or hedging restrictions and are fully transferable. Because our employee stock options and awards have certain characteristics that are significantly different from traded options, and because changes in the subjective assumptions can materially affect the estimated value, in management’s opinion, the existing valuation models may not provide an accurate measure of the fair value of EFI’s employee stock options. Although the fair value of employee stock options is determined in accordance with SFAS 123(R) and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 (“SAB 107”) using an option-pricing model, the value may not be indicative of the fair value observed in a willing buyer/willing seller market transaction.

The following table summarizes stock-based compensation expense based on the aforementioned valuation models related to employee stock options, employee stock purchases and restricted stock under SFAS 123(R) for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006:

(in thousands)	2008			2007			2006
Stock-based compensation expense by type of award:
Employee stock options	$	5,759		$	8,270		$	10,727
Restricted stock units and nonvested shares		23,187			14,834			12,271
Employee stock purchase plan		4,481			1,426			748
Total stock-based compensation		33,427			24,530			23,746
Tax effect on stock-based compensation		(6,694	)		(8,891	)		(7,064	)
Net effect on net income/loss	$	26,733		$	15,639		$	16,682

Stock Options and ESPP Shares

Our determination of fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model is affected by various assumptions including volatility, expected term and interest rates. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of our stock over a preceding period commensurate with the expected term of the option. Subsequent to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), we utilize the “simplified” method described in SAB 107 to determine the expected term of our options. Using this method, the expected term is estimated by taking the weighted average of the vesting term and the contractual term of the option. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. Expected dividend yield was not considered in the option pricing formula since we do not pay dividends and have no current plans to do so in the future.

The estimated per share weighted average fair value of options and ESPP shares granted and the assumptions used to determine fair value are shown below for the periods indicated:

	Stock option plans for the years ended December 31,									Employee Stock Purchase Plan for the years ended December 31,
Black Scholes assumptions and fair value	2008			2007			2006			2008			2007(1)	2006
Weighted average fair value per share	$	5.51		$	9.11		$	10.30		$	5.50		N/A	$	6.13
Expected volatility		40	%		35	%		39	%		32% – 74	%	N/A		28% – 38	%
Risk-free interest rate		2.8	%		4.5	%		4.8	%		1.9% – 2.5	%	N/A		4.7% – 5.2	%
Expected term (in years)		4.0			4.6			4.6			0.5 – 2.0		N/A		0.5 – 2.0

⁽¹⁾ No shares were issued under the ESPP in 2007.

93

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Restricted Stock Units and Nonvested Shares of Restricted Stock

The restricted stock units and nonvested shares of restricted stock generally vest over a service period of two to four years. The compensation expense incurred for these service awards is based on the closing market price of EFI’s stock on the date of grant and is amortized on an accelerated basis over the requisite service period. The weighted average fair value of restricted stock units granted during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 were $13.53, $22.16 and $22.13, respectively. No nonvested shares of restricted stock were granted during 2007 and 2008. The weighted average fair value of nonvested shares of restricted stock granted during the year ended December 31, 2006 was $27.41.

In February 2008, the remaining 138,750 shares of market-based nonvested restricted stock units were modified to seven-year service-based. No incremental stock-based compensation expense was incurred as a result of the modification.

Tender Offer

Based on the independent investigation of our historical stock option granting practices conducted by the Special Committee of our Board of Directors in 2007, we determined that certain compensatory stock options were granted with an exercise price lower than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Any such stock options which had not vested prior to January 1, 2005, absent amendment, would be subject to substantial additional taxes under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and analogous state laws. On October 23, 2007, we filed a Tender Offer Statement on Schedule TO with the SEC with respect to stock options which were determined to have been granted with a below fair market value exercise price. The terms of the tender offer provided that each eligible stock option tendered would be amended to increase the exercise price to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date determined in the independent investigation in exchange for a cash bonus in an amount equal to the aggregate exercise price increase for such stock option payable in January 2008, less applicable tax withholding. The tender offer expired on November 30, 2007. We accepted for amendment eligible options to purchase 482,380 shares of our common stock and made cash payments, in January 2008, to employees that held eligible options accepted for amendment in the aggregate amount of $283,514, less applicable tax withholding, to compensate them for the increased exercise prices per share of their amended eligible options, in each case, in accordance with the terms of the tender offer.

94

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Stock Option Activity

The following table summarizes option activity under our stock plans (shares and aggregate intrinsic value in thousands):

	Shares		Weighted average exercise price		Weighted average remaining contractual term (years)	Aggregate intrinsic value
Options outstanding at December 31, 2005	10,117		$	23.60
Options granted	965		$	25.61
Options exercised	(1,994	)	$	18.00
Options forfeited or expired	(707	)	$	26.52
Options outstanding at December 31, 2006	8,381		$	24.90
Options granted	423		$	24.62
Options exercised	(335	)	$	17.30
Options forfeited or expired	(956	)	$	33.19
Options outstanding at December 31, 2007	7,513		$	24.19
Options granted	980		$	15.80
Options exercised	(146	)	$	15.27
Options forfeited or expired	(2,286	)	$	27.34
Options outstanding at December 31, 2008	6,061		$	22.73	3.1	$	—
Options vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2008	5,938		$	22.84	3.1	$	—
Options exercisable at December 31, 2008	4,769		$	24.04	2.4	$	—

Aggregate intrinsic value was calculated as the difference between the closing price of our common stock on the last trading day of the fiscal period and the exercise price of the underlying awards for the options that were in the money at December 31, 2008. The total intrinsic value of options exercised, determined as of the date of option exercise, was $0.3 million, $1.7 million and $16.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. There was $3.5 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options expected to vest as of December 31, 2008. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of one year.

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2008 (shares in thousands):

	Options outstanding				Options exercisable
Range of exercise prices	Shares	Weighted average remaining contractual term (years)	Weighted average exercise price		Shares	Weighted average exercise price
$11.26 to $16.17	1,674	4.3	$	15.47	912	$	15.32
$16.20 to $17.15	1,081	4.5		16.83	863		16.96
$17.17 to $21.38	1,011	2.1		19.45	1,003		19.44
$21.45 to $25.28	1,125	2.5		23.09	953		23.12
$25.37 to $48.38	1,063	1.8		31.93	930		32.65
$48.50 and over	107	1.1		131.47	108		131.47
	6,061	3.1	$	22.73	4,769	$	24.04

95

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Restricted Stock Units and Nonvested Shares of Restricted Stock

Restricted stock units and nonvested shares of restricted stock were awarded to employees under our equity incentive plans. Nonvested shares of restricted stock have the same voting rights as other common stock and are considered to be currently issued and outstanding. Restricted stock units do not have the voting rights of common stock, and the shares underlying the restricted stock units are not considered issued and outstanding. A summary of the status of restricted stock units and nonvested shares of restricted stock as of December 31, 2008, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2008, is presented below:

	Restricted Stock Units				Nonvested Shares of Restricted Stock
	Shares (in thousands)		Weighted average grant date fair value		Shares (in thousands)		Weighted average grant date fair value
Nonvested at January 1, 2008	1,880		$	22.07	336		$	24.21
Awarded	926		$	13.78	—		$	—
Vested	(543	)	$	11.62	(174	)	$	21.61
Forfeited	(397	)	$	21.07	(44	)	$	26.31
Nonvested at December 31, 2008	1,866		$	18.22	118		$	27.21

Restricted Stock Units

The fair value of restricted stock units that vested during 2008 and 2007, determined as of the vesting date, were $6.4 million and $7.4 million, respectively. No restricted stock units vested during 2006. The aggregate intrinsic value of restricted stock units vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2008 was $15.4 million, calculated as the closing price per share of our common stock on the last trading day of the fiscal period multiplied by 1.6 million of restricted stock units vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2008. There was approximately $16.4 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to restricted stock units expected to vest as of December 31, 2008. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.4 years.

Nonvested Shares of Restricted Stock

The fair value of restricted stock vested, determined as of the vesting date, was $2.3 million, $7.1 million and $3.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. There was $0.7 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested shares of restricted stock expected to vest as of December 31, 2008. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.7 years.

Employee 401(k) Plan

We sponsor a 401(k) Savings Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) to provide retirement and incidental benefits for our employees. Employees may contribute from 1% to 40% of their annual compensation to the 401(k) Plan, limited to a maximum annual amount as set periodically by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). We currently match 50% of the employee contributions, up to a maximum of the first 4% of the employee’s compensation contributed to the plan, subject to IRS limitations. All matching contributions vest over four years starting with the hire date of the individual employee. Our matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan totaled $1.9 million in 2008, $2.0 million in 2007 and $1.8 million in 2006. The employees and our contributions are cash contributions invested in mutual funds managed by an independent fund manager, or in self-directed retirement plans. The fund manager or the employee may invest in our common stock at their discretion.

96

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Note 13: Sale of Land and Building

On October 23, 2008, we entered into a Purchase and Sale agreement with Gilead Sciences, Inc. (“Gilead”), under which certain real property and improvements, and other related assets were sold to Gilead for a total price of $137.5 million, subject to an escrow holdback of $15.5 million. The escrow period expires January 2010. The transaction closed on January 29, 2009. The property sold included approximately thirty acres of land and the office building located at 301 Velocity Way, Foster City, California, consisting of approximately 163,000 square feet and certain other assets related to the property. We continue to retain ownership of the remaining approximately five acres of land and remain obligated under the synthetic lease with respect to the office building located at 303 Velocity Way, Foster City, California, consisting of approximately 295,000 square feet on which the Company’s headquarters is located. As more fully disclosed in Note 8—Commitments and Contingencies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, the buildings are subject to synthetic lease agreements.

As a result of the sale to Gilead, assets held for sale of $55.4 million under current assets as of December 31, 2008 include $31.7 million of funds pledged with respect to the synthetic lease of the 301 Velocity Way facility, $2.5 million of related land, $19.8 million of undeveloped land, $1.1 million of leasehold and land improvements, and $0.3 million of previously capitalized financing costs.

Note 14: Restructuring and Other

The Company recorded pretax restructuring and other charges of $11.0, $1.5 million, and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. Restructuring and other charges includes severance costs of $8.0 million related to headcount of 166 for the year ended December 31, 2008. Severance costs include severance payments, related employee benefits, related legal fees, and outplacement costs. Restructuring and other charges includes facility costs of $2.4 million related to the closure of three facilities and the partial closure of two facilities.

The following table summarizes 2008 activities related to the Company’s restructuring reserve (in thousands):

	Restructuring Costs
Reserve balance at December 31, 2007	$	—
Restructuring reserve		9,524
Restructuring reserve related to acquisition of Pace		358
Payments		(6,658	)
Reserve balance at December 31, 2008	$	3,224

Also included in the Restructuring and other line item in our consolidated statement of operations are costs related to integrate our Pace and Raster acquisitions and related employees.

Note 15: Information Concerning Business Segments and Major Customers

Information about Products and Services

We operate in a single industry segment, technology for high-quality printing in short production runs. In accordance with SFAS 131, “Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,” our operating decision-makers have been identified as our executive officers, who review the operating results to make decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance for the entire Company. We do not have separate operating segments for which discrete financial statements are prepared. Our management makes operating decisions and assesses performance primarily based on the marketplace acceptance of our products, which is typically measured by revenues.

97

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

As our enterprise management processes are becoming further refined, including our 2009 planning process, to use financial information that is closely aligned with the three product categories, it is expected that it will be appropriate to present three operating segments beginning in the first quarter of 2009. It is expected that relevant financial information will be prepared for each of the three operating segments that will be used by the chief operating decision making group to allocate resources among the segments.

The following is a breakdown of revenues by product category for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:

	For the years ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2008		2007		2006
Controllers	$	278,738	$	331,474	$	328,443
Inkjet Products		219,959		229,253		180,203
APPS		61,683		59,859		55,965
Total Revenue	$	560,380	$	620,586	$	564,611

Revenues in Controllers and APPS categories for the twelve months ended December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 have been revised to reflect the reclassification of Controller-related software revenue of $25.6 million and $21.8 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively from the Advanced Professional Printing Software category to the Controllers category. Total revenue from the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2007 have not changed.

Information about Geographic Areas

Our sales originate in the United States, The Netherlands, Germany and Japan. Shipments to some of our OEM customers are made to centralized purchasing and manufacturing locations, which in turn sell through to other locations. As a result of these factors, we believe that sales to certain geographic locations might be higher or lower, as the ultimate destinations are difficult to ascertain.

The following is a breakdown of revenues by sales origin for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:

	For the years ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2008		2007		2006
Americas	$	297,896	$	327,232	$	303,931
Europe, Middle East and Africa		194,474		216,308		175,037
Japan		52,048		58,015		63,248
Other international locations		15,962		19,031		22,395
Total Revenue	$	560,380	$	620,586	$	564,611

The following table presents our long-lived assets located outside the Americas, all of which are in the Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) region, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007:

	December 31,
(in thousands)	2008		2007
Goodwill	$	7,300	$	7,447
Intangible Assets, net		1,438		2,006
	$	8,738	$	9,453

98

Electronics For Imaging, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Information about Major Customers

For the past three years we have had two major customers, Canon and Xerox, each with total revenues greater than 10%. These customers, in order of magnitude, accounted for approximately 13% and 16% of revenues in 2008, approximately 16% and 15% of revenue in 2007. One customer, Xerox, had an accounts receivable balance greater than 10% of our total accounts receivable balance, accounting for 16% and 12% of our total accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Note 16: Subsequent Events

In January 2009, we announced a restructuring plan to better align our costs with revenue levels. We expect to reduce our worldwide headcount by approximately 100 employees and incur severance costs of approximately $3.4 million.

On January 29, 2009, we completed the sale of land and building to Gilead for a total price of $137.5 million, subject to an escrow holdback of $15.5 million. The escrow period expires January 2010. The property sold included approximately thirty acres of land and the office building located on the land at 301 Velocity Way, Foster City, California, consisting of approximately 163,000 square feet and certain other assets related to the property.

On February 5, 2009, our Board of Directors approved a $100 million share repurchase program, including a $30 million accelerated share repurchase (“ASR”) by utilizing a portion of the proceeds from the recent sale of land and building to Gilead. On February 18, 2009, we also entered into an agreement with UBS AG, London branch (“UBS”), to repurchase $30 million of our common stock under the ASR program. We expect to complete the repurchases under the ASR program in the second or third quarter of 2009, with the final completion date subject to the discretion of UBS. Approximately $33.2 million remaining from prior board authorization were cancelled by the Board of Directors in February 2009.

99

SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Unaudited Quarterly Consolidated Financial Information

The following table presents our operating results for each of the eight quarters in the two-year period ended December 31, 2008. The information for each of these quarters is unaudited but has been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report. In the opinion of management, all necessary adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) have been included to state fairly the unaudited quarterly results when read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing in this Annual Report. These operating results are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period (in thousands, except per share amounts).

	2008
	Q1			Q2			Q3			Q4
Revenue	$	136,604		$	143,846		$	144,666		$	135,264
Gross profit		77,232			81,973			82,065			76,147
Loss from operations		(14,308	)		(5,892	)		(8,619	)		(116,196	)
Net (loss)		(5,173	)		(113	)		(3,644	)		(104,514	)
Net (loss) for dilution calculation		(5,173	)		(113	)		(3,644	)		(104,514	)
Net (loss) per basic common share	$	(0.10	)	$	—		$	(0.07	)	$	(1.99	)
Net (loss) per diluted common share	$	(0.10	)	$	—		$	(0.07	)	$	(1.99	)
Goodwill and asset impairment	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	111,858
	2007
	Q1			Q2			Q3			Q4
Revenue	$	147,831		$	162,441		$	158,295		$	152,019
Gross profit		88,341			95,729			92,206			84,610
(Loss) income from operations		(3,926	)		2,169			756			(1,230	)
Net (loss) income		2,135			9,606			8,107			6,995
Net (loss) income for dilution calculation		2,135			10,356			8,857			7,745
Net (loss) income per basic common share	$	0.04		$	0.17		$	0.14		$	0.13
Net (loss) income per diluted common share	$	0.04		$	0.15		$	0.13		$	0.12

100

Item 9: Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A: Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain “disclosure controls and procedures,” as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, is engaged in a comprehensive effort to review, evaluate and improve our controls; however, management does not expect that our disclosure controls will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives are met. Additionally, in designing disclosure controls and procedures, our management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible disclosure controls and procedures. The design of any disclosure controls and procedures also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.

Based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance as of December 31, 2008.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

We assessed the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework.

Based on our assessment using those criteria, we concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2008.

We have excluded Pace and Raster from our assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 because they were acquired by us during fiscal year 2008. Pace and Raster are wholly owned subsidiaries whose total assets and total revenue represent 5.1% and 1.3%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, as stated in their report included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2008 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B: Other Information

None.

101

PART III

Item 10: Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information regarding our directors is incorporated by reference from the information contained under the caption “Election of Directors” in our Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “2009 Proxy Statement”). Information regarding our current executive officers is incorporated by reference from information contained under the caption “Executive Officers” in our 2009 Proxy Statement. Information regarding Section 16 reporting compliance is incorporated by reference from information contained under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our 2009 Proxy Statement. Information regarding the audit committee of our board of directors and information regarding an audit committee financial expert is incorporated by reference from information contained under the caption “Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors” in our 2009 Proxy Statement. Information regarding our code of ethics is incorporated by reference from information contained under the caption “Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors” in our 2009 Proxy Statement. Information regarding our implementation of procedures for stockholder nominations to our board of is incorporated by reference from information contained under the caption “Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors” in our 2009 Proxy Statement.

Item 11: Executive Compensation

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information contained under the captions “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” and “Executive Compensation” in our 2009 Proxy Statement.

Item 12: Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Other than information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans, which is set forth below, the information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information contained under the caption “Security Ownership” in our 2009 Proxy Statement.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2008 concerning securities that are authorized under equity compensation plans.

Plan category	Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column 1)
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders	7,927,271	(1)	$	21.67	903,760	(2)
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders	—			—	—
Total	7,927,271		$	21.67	903,760

⁽¹⁾ Includes options outstanding as of December 31, 2008, representing 78,840 shares with an average exercise price of $156.39 per share, that were assumed in connection with business combinations.

⁽²⁾ Includes 566,130 shares available under our 2007 Equity Incentive Award Plan and 337,630 shares available under our 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

102

Item 13: Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information contained under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” in our 2009 Proxy Statement.

Item 14: Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information contained under the caption “Principal Accountant Fees and Services” in our 2009 Proxy Statement.

103

PART IV

Item 15: Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 10-K

(a) Documents Filed as Part of this Report

(1) Index to Financial Statements

The Financial Statements required by this item are submitted in Item 8 of this report as follows:

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	58
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007	59
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006	60
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006	61
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006	62
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	63
(2)    Financial Statement Schedule
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts	108

(All other schedules are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the necessary information is provided in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto in Item 8 of this report.)

(3) Exhibits

Exhibit No.	Description
2.1	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 30, 2000, by and among the Company, Vancouver Acquisition Corp. and Splash Technology Holdings, Inc. (1)
2.2	Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 19, 2000, to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 30, 2000, by and among the Company, Vancouver Acquisition Corp. and Splash Technology Holdings, Inc. (2)
2.3	Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, dated as of July 14, 1999, among the Company, Redwood Acquisition Corp. and Management Graphics, Inc. (3)
2.4	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 26, 2003 by and among the Company, Strategic Value Engineering, Inc. and Printcafe Software, Inc. (4)
2.5	Merger Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2005 by and among the Company, VUTEk, Inc. and EFI Merger Sub, Inc. (5)
2.6+	Amended and Restated Equity Purchase Agreement dated October 31, 2006 among Electronics for Imaging, Inc., Electronics for Imaging, International, Jetrion, LLC and Flint Group North America Corporation (6)
3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (7)
3.2	By-laws as amended (8)
3.3	Certificate of Amendment of By-laws (9)

104

Exhibit No.	Description
3.4	Certificate of Amendment of By-laws (10)
4.2	Specimen Common Stock certificate of the Company (8)
10.1+	Agreement dated December 6, 2000, by and between Adobe Systems Incorporated and the Company (11)
10.2	1990 Stock Plan of the Company (8)
10.3	Management Graphics, Inc. 1985 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (12)
10.4	The 1999 Equity Incentive Plan as amended (13)
10.5	2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan as amended (13)
10.6	Splash Technology Holdings, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan as amended to date (14)
10.7	Prographics, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan (15)
10.8	Printcafe Software, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (15)
10.9	Printcafe Software, Inc. 2002 Key Executive Stock Incentive Plan (15)
10.10	Printcafe Software, Inc. 2002 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (15)
10.11	T/R Systems, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan (16)
10.12	Electronics for Imaging, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (17)
10.13	Electronics For Imaging, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Award Plan (18)
10.14	Electronics For Imaging, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Award Plan Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement (19)
10.15	Electronics For Imaging, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Award Plan Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Award Agreement (19)
10.16	Electronics For Imaging, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Award Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (19)
10.17	Form of Indemnification Agreement (8)
10.18	Form of Indemnity Agreement (20)
10.19	Lease Financing of Properties Located in Foster City, California, dated as of July 16, 2004, among the Company, Société Générale Financial Corporation and Société Générale (21)
10.20+	OEM Distribution and License Agreement dated September 19, 2005 by and among Adobe Systems Incorporated, Adobe Systems Software Ireland Limited and the Company, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of October 1, 2005 (22)
10.21+	Amendment No. 2 to OEM Distribution and License Agreement by and among Adobe Systems Incorporated, Adobe Systems Software Ireland Limited and the Company, effective as of October 1, 2005 (23)
10.22	Employment Agreement effective August 1, 2006, by and between Guy Gecht and the Company (24)
10.23	Employment Agreement effective August 1, 2006, by and between Fred Rosenzweig and the Company (24)
10.24	Employment Agreement effective August 1, 2006, by and between John Ritchie and the Company (24)

105

Exhibit No.	Description
10.25+	Amendment No. 4 to OEM Distribution and License Agreement by and among Adobe Systems Incorporated, Adobe Systems Software Ireland Limited and the Company, effective as of January 1, 2006 (25)
10.26	Amendment of Stock Option Agreement and Stock Option Repayment Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2008, by and between the Company and Guy Gecht (26)
10.27	Amendment of Stock Option Agreement and Stock Option Repayment Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2008, by and between the Company and Fred S. Rosenzweig (26)
10.28	Amendment of Stock Option Agreement and Stock Option Repayment Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2008, by and between the Company and John Ritchie (26)
10.29	Amendment of Stock Option Agreement and Stock Option Repayment Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2008, by and between the Company and James S. Greene (26)
10.30	Amendment of Stock Option Agreement and Stock Option Repayment Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2008, by and between the Company and Dan Maydan (26)
10.31	Amendment of Stock Option Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2008, by and between the Company and Gill Cogan (26)
10.32	Purchase and Sale Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions dated as of October 23, 2008 by and between the Company and Gilead Sciences, Inc., as amended, if material
12.1	Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges
21	List of Subsidiaries
23.1	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
24.1	Power of Attorney (see signature page)
31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1	Chief Executive Officer Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Chief Financial Officer Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

+ The Company has received confidential treatment with respect to portions of these documents

(1) Filed as exhibit (d) (1) to the Company’s Schedule TO-T on September 14, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference.

(2) Filed as exhibit (d) (5) to the Company’s Schedule TO/A No. 3 on October 20, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference.

(3) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Report of Unscheduled Events on Form 8-K on September 8, 1999 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(4) Filed as exhibit 10 to Amendment No. 2 to the Schedule 13D filed on February 26, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

(5) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 18, 2005 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(6) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 3, 2006 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(7) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-57382) and incorporated herein by reference.

(8) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-50966) and incorporated herein by reference.

106

(9) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 29, 2007 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(10) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 15, 2007 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(11) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(12) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(13) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 on June 24, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

(14) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(15) Filed as an exhibit to Printcafe Software, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-82646) and incorporated herein by reference.

(16) Filed as an exhibit to T/R Systems, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-82646) and incorporated herein by reference.

(17) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 on June 16, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

(18) Filed as Appendix B to the Company’s Proxy Statement filed on November 14, 2007 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(19) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 on December 20, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

(20) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 15, 2008 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(21) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(22) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference

(23) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006 (File No. 18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(24) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 7, 2006 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(25) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006 (File No. 18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(26) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 5, 2008 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(b) List of Exhibits

See Item 15 (a).

(c) Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule II for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.

107

ELECTRONICS FOR IMAGING, INC.

Schedule II

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (in thousands)

Description	Balance at beginning of period		Charged to revenue and expenses		Charged to/(from) other accounts			Deductions			Balance at end of period
Year Ended December 31, 2008
Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales-related allowances	$	8,153	$	5,420	$	88	(2)	$	(5,209	)	$	8,452
Year Ended December 31, 2007
Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales-related allowances	$	7,852	$	6,168	$	—		$	(5,867	)	$	8,153
Year Ended December 31, 2006
Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales-related allowances	$	4,306	$	5,997	$	489	(1)	$	(2,940	)	$	7,852

⁽¹⁾ Adjustment due to acquired bad debt allowance: Jetrion—$489

⁽²⁾ Adjustment due to acquired bad debt allowance: Pace—$88

108

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Sections 13 or 16(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	ELECTRONICS FOR IMAGING, INC.
March 2, 2009	By:	/S/    GUY GECHT
		Guy Gecht
		Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENT, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Guy Gecht and John Ritchie jointly and severally, his attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to the Form 10-K Annual Report and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/S/    GUY GECHT         Guy Gecht	Chief Executive Officer, Director (Principal Executive Officer)	March 2, 2009
/S/    FRED ROSENZWEIG         Fred Rosenzweig	President, Director	March 2, 2009
/S/    JOHN RITCHIE         John Ritchie	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	March 2, 2009
/S/    THOMAS GEORGENS         Thomas Georgens	Director	March 2, 2009
/S/    GILL COGAN         Gill Cogan	Director	March 2, 2009
/S/    DAN MAYDAN         Dan Maydan	Director	March 2, 2009
/S/    JAMES S. GREENE         James S. Greene	Director	March 2, 2009
/S/    RICHARD A. KASHNOV         Richard A. Kashnov	Director	March 2, 2009

109

Exhibit Index

Exhibit No.	Description
2.1	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 30, 2000, by and among the Company, Vancouver Acquisition Corp. and Splash Technology Holdings, Inc. (1)
2.2	Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 19, 2000, to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 30, 2000, by and among the Company, Vancouver Acquisition Corp. and Splash Technology Holdings, Inc. (2)
2.3	Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, dated as of July 14, 1999, among the Company, Redwood Acquisition Corp. and Management Graphics, Inc. (3)
2.4	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 26, 2003 by and among the Company, Strategic Value Engineering, Inc. and Printcafe Software, Inc. (4)
2.5	Merger Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2005 by and among the Company, VUTEk, Inc. and EFI Merger Sub, Inc. (5)
2.6+	Amended and Restated Equity Purchase Agreement dated October 31, 2006 among Electronics for Imaging, Inc., Electronics for Imaging, International, Jetrion, LLC and Flint Group North America Corporation (6)
3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (7)
3.2	By-laws as amended (8)
3.3	Certificate of Amendment of By-laws (9)
3.4	Certificate of Amendment of By-laws (10)
4.2	Specimen Common Stock certificate of the Company (8)
10.1+	Agreement dated December 6, 2000, by and between Adobe Systems Incorporated and the Company (11)
10.2	1990 Stock Plan of the Company (8)
10.3	Management Graphics, Inc. 1985 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (12)
10.4	The 1999 Equity Incentive Plan as amended (13)
10.5	2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan as amended (13)
10.6	Splash Technology Holdings, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan as amended to date (14)
10.7	Prographics, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan (15)
10.8	Printcafe Software, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (15)
10.9	Printcafe Software, Inc. 2002 Key Executive Stock Incentive Plan (15)
10.10	Printcafe Software, Inc. 2002 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (15)
10.11	T/R Systems, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan (16)
10.12	Electronics for Imaging, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (17)
10.13	Electronics For Imaging, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Award Plan (18)
10.14	Electronics For Imaging, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Award Plan Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement (19)
10.15	Electronics For Imaging, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Award Plan Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Award Agreement (19)
10.16	Electronics For Imaging, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Award Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (19)

Exhibit No.	Description
10.17	Form of Indemnification Agreement (8)
10.18	Form of Indemnity Agreement (20)
10.19	Lease Financing of Properties Located in Foster City, California, dated as of July 16, 2004, among the Company, Société Générale Financial Corporation and Société Générale (21)
10.20+	OEM Distribution and License Agreement dated September 19, 2005 by and among Adobe Systems Incorporated, Adobe Systems Software Ireland Limited and the Company, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of October 1, 2005 (22)
10.21+	Amendment No. 2 to OEM Distribution and License Agreement by and among Adobe Systems Incorporated, Adobe Systems Software Ireland Limited and the Company, effective as of October 1, 2005 (23)
10.22	Employment Agreement effective August 1, 2006, by and between Guy Gecht and the Company (24)
10.23	Employment Agreement effective August 1, 2006, by and between Fred Rosenzweig and the Company (24)
10.24	Employment Agreement effective August 1, 2006, by and between John Ritchie and the Company (24)
10.25+	Amendment No. 4 to OEM Distribution and License Agreement by and among Adobe Systems Incorporated, Adobe Systems Software Ireland Limited and the Company, effective as of January 1, 2006 (25)
10.26	Amendment of Stock Option Agreement and Stock Option Repayment Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2008, by and between the Company and Guy Gecht (26)
10.27	Amendment of Stock Option Agreement and Stock Option Repayment Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2008, by and between the Company and Fred S. Rosenzweig (26)
10.28	Amendment of Stock Option Agreement and Stock Option Repayment Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2008, by and between the Company and John Ritchie (26)
10.29	Amendment of Stock Option Agreement and Stock Option Repayment Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2008, by and between the Company and James S. Greene (26)
10.30	Amendment of Stock Option Agreement and Stock Option Repayment Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2008, by and between the Company and Dan Maydan (26)
10.31	Amendment of Stock Option Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2008, by and between the Company and Gill Cogan (26)
10.32	Purchase and Sale Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions dated as of October 23, 2008 by and between the Company and Gilead Sciences, Inc., as amended, if material
12.1	Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges
21	List of Subsidiaries
23.1	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
24.1	Power of Attorney (see signature page)
31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1	Chief Executive Officer Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Chief Financial Officer Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

+ The Company has received confidential treatment with respect to portions of these documents

(1) Filed as exhibit (d) (1) to the Company’s Schedule TO-T on September 14, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference.

(2) Filed as exhibit (d) (5) to the Company’s Schedule TO/A No. 3 on October 20, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference.

(3) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Report of Unscheduled Events on Form 8-K on September 8, 1999 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(4) Filed as exhibit 10 to Amendment No. 2 to the Schedule 13D filed on February 26, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

(5) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 18, 2005 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(6) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 3, 2006 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(7) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-57382) and incorporated herein by reference.

(8) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-50966) and incorporated herein by reference.

(9) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 29, 2007 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(10) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 15, 2007 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(11) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(12) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(13) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 on June 24, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

(14) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(15) Filed as an exhibit to Printcafe Software, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-82646) and incorporated herein by reference.

(16) Filed as an exhibit to T/R Systems, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-82646) and incorporated herein by reference.

(17) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 on June 16, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

(18) Filed as Appendix B to the Company’s Proxy Statement filed on November 14, 2007 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(19) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 on December 20, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

(20) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 15, 2008 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(21) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(22) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference

(23) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006 (File No. 18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(24) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 7, 2006 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(25) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006 (File No. 18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

(26) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 5, 2008 (File No. 000-18805) and incorporated herein by reference.

EX-10.32

Exhibit 10.32

PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT

AND JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

This Purchase and Sale Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions (the “Agreement”) is made as of October 23, 2008 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Electronics For Imaging, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Seller”), and Gilead Sciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Buyer”), in the following factual context:

A. Seller is the owner of certain real property consisting of approximately 35 acres of land improved by two buildings known as 301 and 303 Velocity Way, in the City of Foster City (the “City”), San Mateo County (the “County”), California 94404 (APN 94-122-050, 060, 070, 080, 110, 120, 130, 140 and 150 and Parcel A as shown on Map of Tract No. 92-83) (“Seller’s Property”), all as more particularly described in Exhibit A-1 and as shown on the assessor’s parcel map attached as Exhibit A-2.

B. Seller’s Property is entitled for development of a total five (5) buildings consisting of up to 1,000,000 square feet of office, R&D, light assembly and ancillary facilities, as well as a parking structure, as set forth in the Vintage Park General Development Plan (“General Development Plan”) and as described in a Development Agreement dated July 10, 1997 between CalCap, LLC, a California limited liability company (“CalCap”), the City and the Estero Municipal Improvement District (the “District”), and recorded in the Official Records of the County (the “Official Records”) on August 14, 1997 as Document Nos. 97-099348 and 97-099349, as assigned by CalCap to Seller by an Assignment and Assumption Agreement dated August 14, 1997 and recorded in the Official Records as Document No. 97-108156, and amended by a First Amendment to Development Agreement dated July 17, 2000 (as assigned and amended, the “Development Agreement”). Seller has constructed two buildings on Seller’s Property: “Building A” consisting of approximately 295,000 gross square feet and “Building B” consisting of approximately 163,000 gross square feet. The remaining 542,000 square feet of buildings and the parking structure approved per the General Development Plan have not been built.

C. The City has approved Specific Development Plans/Use Permits for buildings known as “Building C” consisting of approximately 163,000 gross square feet (per Specific Development Plan/Use Permit 97-001a approved by Planning Commission Reso. No. P-35-97, as amended by Reso. No. P-30-00), “Building “D” consisting of approximately 172,000 gross square feet (per Specific Development Plan/Use Permit 97-015, approved by Planning Commission Reso. No. P-01-98) and a parking structure (per Specific Development Plan/Use Permit 00-004 (approved by Planning Commission Reso. No. P-32-00).

D. Seller desires to sell, and Buyer desires to purchase, a portion of Seller’s Property, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the sum of One Hundred Dollars paid by Buyer to Seller, the covenants contained in this Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency are hereby acknowledged, Seller and Buyer agree as follows:

Section 1. AGREEMENT OF SALE

Subject to and on the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Seller shall sell to Buyer and Buyer shall purchase from Seller all of the following assets (collectively, the “Property”):

1.1 Land. The portion of Seller’s Property consisting of approximately 30 acres of land (APN 94-122-050, 060, 070, 080, 110, 120, 130 and 150 and Parcel A as shown on Map of Tract No. 92-83), all as more particularly described in Exhibit A-3, together with (a) all privileges, rights, easements and appurtenances belonging to the real property, including, without limitation, all minerals, oil, gas and other hydrocarbon substances on and under the real property; (b) all development rights, air rights, air credits, water, water rights and water stock relating to the real property; and (c) all right, title and interest of Seller in and to any streets, alleys, passages, common areas, other easements and other rights-of-way or appurtenances included in, adjacent to or used in connection with such real property (collectively, the “Land”);

1.2 Improvements. Any and all buildings, structures, systems, facilities, fixtures, fences and parking areas located on the Land, and any and all machinery, equipment, apparatus and appliances (not owned by tenants) used in connection with the operation or occupancy of the Land, including without limitation the office building containing approximately 163,000 square feet of gross building area commonly known as 301 Velocity Way (commonly known as “Building B”), Foster City, California 94404 (collectively, the “Improvements”);

1.3 Personal Property. All of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to any equipment, furniture and other tangible personal property (not owned by tenants) located within and used in connection with the operation or occupancy of the Land and Improvements (collectively, the “Personal Property”), but excluding the personal property listed on Exhibit B (the “Excluded Personal Property”). Before the expiration of the Due Diligence Period, the parties shall agree on the manner of Seller’s removal of the Excluded Personal Property. Personal Property shall include, without limitation, all workstations, chairs, tables, whiteboards, case work, cabling, fitness room equipment and day care center furniture and equipment;

1.4 Leases. All of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to all of the leases, licenses and other occupancy agreements with tenants of the Property which are listed on Exhibit C (the “Leases”), together with all rental deposits, security deposits and other deposits given by tenants to secure their performance under the Leases;

1.5 Contracts. All of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to any of the contracts and agreements which are listed on Exhibit D that Buyer elects to assume by so stating in the Approval Notice (as defined in Section 3.2 below); and

1.6 Other Assets. All of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to all tangible and intangible assets of any nature relating exclusively to the Land, the Improvements and/or the Personal Property, including without limitation (a) all warranties upon the Improvements or Personal Property, to the extent such warranties are assignable; (b) copies of all plans, specifications, engineering drawings and prints in Seller’s possession or control relating to the construction of the Improvements; and (c) all other intellectual or intangible property used by Seller in connection with the Land, the Improvements and/or the Personal Property (collectively, the “Other Assets”).

- 2 -

1.7 Retained Property. Seller shall retain ownership of the land and an office building consisting of approximately 295,000 square feet of gross building area (“Building A”) and other related improvements known as 303 Velocity Way, Foster City, California (APN 94-122-140) together with (a) all privileges, rights, easements and appurtenances belonging to the real property, including, without limitation, all minerals, oil, gas and other hydrocarbon substances on and under the real property; (b) all development rights, air rights, air credits, water, water rights and water stock relating to the real property; and (c) all right, title and interest of Seller in and to any easements and other rights-of-way or appurtenances included in, adjacent to or used in connection with such real property (the “Retained Property”). Building A and Building B are currently connected by a skywalk, which Buyer may elect, in its sole discretion, to be included in the Property being sold to Buyer. Buyer will give notice of its election to acquire the skywalk on or before the end of the Due Diligence Period (as defined in Section 3.1.1).

Section 2. PURCHASE PRICE

2.1 Amount. The purchase price for the Property (the “Purchase Price”) shall be One Hundred Thirty-Seven Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($137,500,000).

2.2 Payment. Buyer shall pay the Purchase Price to Seller as follows:

2.2.1 Deposit. Within two (2) business days after the Effective Date, and as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement, Buyer shall deposit in escrow (“Escrow”) with the Title Company (as defined in Section 3.3) the sum of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in immediately available funds (the “Initial Deposit”). Within two (2) business days following expiration of the Due Diligence Period, if Buyer has not elected to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 3.2 and if Buyer has given Seller the Approval Notice, Buyer shall deposit with the Title Company the additional sum of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in immediately available funds (the “Additional Deposit”). The Initial Deposit and any interest accrued thereon and the Additional Deposit and any interest accrued thereon are referred to in this Agreement as the “Deposit”. The Title Company shall place the Deposit in an interest-bearing account with either Bank of America, N.A. or Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or other financial institution acceptable to Buyer and Seller.

2.2.2 Application of Deposit. If the sale of the Property pursuant to this Agreement is consummated, the Deposit and all accrued interest shall be credited against the Purchase Price. If the sale of the Property pursuant to this Agreement is not consummated as a result of (i) a default by Seller, (ii) termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 3.2 or Section 3.4, or (iii) failure of an express condition for the benefit of Buyer, the Deposit shall be returned to Buyer.

2.2.3 Payment of Balance. On or before the Closing Date (as defined in Section 9.1), Buyer shall pay the balance of the Purchase Price by electronic transfer of immediately available funds into escrow.

2.2.4 Allocation of Purchase Price. Buyer and Seller shall use reasonable good faith efforts to agree, prior to expiration of the Due Diligence Period, upon the allocation of the Purchase Price paid for the Property in accordance with Section 1060 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as amended) (“Code”).

2.2.5 Liquidated Damages. IN THE EVENT THE SALE OF THE PROPERTY TO BUYER IS NOT CONSUMMATED AS A RESULT OF BUYER’S MATERIAL DEFAULT (HEREAFTER DEFINED IN SECTION 11.1 BELOW) IN PERFORMANCE OF ITS

- 3 -

OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE THE PROPERTY, SELLER MAY TERMINATE THIS AGREEMENT AND RETAIN THE DEPOSIT AS LIQUIDATED DAMAGES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 11.4. BUYER AND SELLER ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT SELLER’S ACTUAL DAMAGES, IN THE EVENT OF BUYER’S BREACH OF ITS OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE THE PROPERTY WOULD BE EXTREMELY DIFFICULT OR IMPRACTICABLE TO DETERMINE. THEREFORE, IN THE EVENT OF BUYER’S MATERIAL BREACH OF ITS OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE THE PROPERTY, THE PARTIES HAVE AGREED, AFTER NEGOTIATION, THAT THE DEPOSIT SHALL CONSTITUTE SELLER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE RIGHT TO DAMAGES AND THAT THIS SUM REPRESENTS A REASONABLE ESTIMATE OF THE ACTUAL DAMAGES SELLER WOULD INCUR AS A RESULT OF BUYER’S DEFAULT IN THE PERFORMANCE OF ITS OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE THE PROPERTY. THE FOREGOING SHALL NOT LIMIT SELLER’S RIGHT TO RECOVERY UNDER ANY INDEMNITY BY BUYER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR RECOVERY OF ANY ATTORNEYS FEES UNDER SECTION 13.8. SELLER WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE OR DAMAGES OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 2.2.5. BY INITIALING IN THE SPACES WHICH FOLLOW, SELLER AND BUYER SPECIFICALLY AND EXPRESSLY AGREE TO ABIDE BY THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 2.2.5 GOVERNING LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.

Seller	( /s/ John Ritchie )	Buyer	( /s/ John Milligan )
	Chief Financial Officer		President & Chief Operating Officer

Section 3. DUE DILIGENCE

3.1 Due Diligence Period; Inspection and Access.

3.1.1 Due Diligence Period. The “Due Diligence Period” shall mean the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending at 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time on December 12, 2008.

3.1.2 Due Diligence Investigation. During the Due Diligence Period, Buyer shall have the right to conduct at its sole cost and expense such investigations, studies, surveys, analyses and tests of the Property as it shall in its sole discretion determine are necessary or desirable (the “Due Diligence Investigation”). This investigation may include a physical inspection of the Property, including, but not limited to, inspection and examination of soils, environmental factors, if any, archeological information relating to the Property, geological and other tests; a review and investigation of any zoning, permits, reports, and engineering data; review of all governmental matters affecting the Property (subject to the limitation set forth in Section 3.1.6 below); review of roofing, structural, mechanical, seismic and security systems in Building B; review of the condition or title to the Property; review of material documents relating to the ownership and operation of the Property; and review of such other matters pertaining to an investment in the Property as Buyer deems advisable. Seller shall also permit Buyer to inspect any connection between the security system on the Property and that on the Retained Property as well as any documents related to the operation of the security system to the extent such documents relate to the Property (“Limited Security Review”). The Limited Security Review shall be coordinated through and attended by Seller’s authorized representative, and no other activity or inspection with respect to the Retained Property is permitted by this Agreement. Should it be determined in the course of the Due Diligence Investigation that there are interconnecting utilities or other systems between the Property and the Retained Property, Seller shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay consent to Buyer’s request to conduct such further investigation of the Retained Property as is reasonably necessary to evaluate such interconnection. All Buyer’s activities on the Retained Property shall be at Buyer’s sole cost and expense.

- 4 -

3.1.3 Access/Conditions. To conduct its Due Diligence Investigation, Buyer and its representatives shall have the right of access to the Property during reasonable business hours and upon at least one (1) business days’ prior notice. Such access shall be coordinated through Seller’s authorized representative, Roger Wang, P.E., EFI Director of Facilities (telephone number: 650-357-3186), or any other individual designated by Mr. Wang, and Seller may require all such access to be in the company of Seller’s authorized representative. This right of entry shall be subject to the following conditions:

(a) The Due Diligence Investigation shall be conducted in full compliance with each law, zoning restriction, ordinance, rule, regulation or requirement of any governmental or quasi governmental agency (“Governmental Entity”) with jurisdiction over the Property. Buyer shall not interfere with any occupant of the Property and shall make every reasonable effort to accommodate the requests of Seller, tenants of the Property and any other occupants of the Property regarding conduct of the investigation so as to minimize interference with business operations at the Property. Buyer shall not conduct any interviews or discussions with any tenant without the prior written consent of Seller, which Seller shall not unreasonably withhold, condition, or delay, and Seller shall have the opportunity to have a representative present during such tenant interviews or discussions.

(b) Prior to entering the Property to perform its Due Diligence Investigation of the Retained Property or to perform the Limited Security Review, Buyer shall provide to Seller a certificate of insurance showing that Buyer maintains in full force and effect, a policy of comprehensive general liability insurance (i) covering the activities of Buyer (including Buyer’s employees, independent contractors and agents) in connection with the Due Diligence Investigation, (ii) in an amount of not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) combined single limit per occurrence from a carrier rated A- or better by Best’s Rating Guide, (iii) naming Seller, its officers, directors, lenders, agents and employees as additional insureds, and (iv) requiring at least thirty (30) days’ written notice to Seller prior to cancellation or reduction in coverage.

(c) All information supplied by Seller in the course of Buyer’s Due Diligence Investigation shall remain the property of Seller. In the event Closing does not occur or this Agreement is terminated for any reason, Buyer shall promptly return to Seller all documents obtained from Seller and Seller’s agents; provided, however, Buyer may retain a single copy of all such documents (other than architectural drawings and construction specifications, which must be returned to Seller) for archival purposes.

(d) Any investigation or other tests involving sampling or physical invasion of the surface of the Property or physical sampling are to be made by Buyer only after obtaining the express written consent of Seller, which may be withheld in Seller’s sole discretion. Seller’s authorized representative and Seller’s environmental consultants may attend any test or investigation at the Property and shall be entitled, without cost, to duplicates of any samples taken by Buyer (or, if duplicates are not reasonably attainable, Buyer may elect to deliver the actual samples after testing) and to copies of all written reports and data prepared by or on behalf of Buyer with respect to such sampling. Any request for consent must be delivered to Seller and its authorized representative, together with a reasonably detailed investigation plan sufficient for Seller to determine the scope and logistics of the proposed investigation, at least three (3) business days before the desired test. Any invasive sampling or testing permitted by

- 5 -

Seller shall be performed at Buyer’s sole cost in compliance with all environmental laws and other requirements of Governmental Entities. Depending on the nature of the invasive testing or sampling, Seller may require an increase in the amount of insurance specified in Section 3.1.3(b). If in the course of its investigation, Buyer discovers any environmental condition which Buyer or its consultants or contractors believes should be reported to any Governmental Entity, Buyer shall provide to Seller full information regarding the discovery, and Seller shall assume any and all reporting obligations and shall indemnify, defend and hold Buyer, its employees, authorized agents, consultants, contractors and representatives harmless from any and all claims, Liens, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, fines, penalties, charges, administrative and judicial proceedings and orders, judgments, and all costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, reasonable costs of defense, and reasonable costs and expenses of all experts and consultants) (collectively referred to as “Claims”) arising directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, out of any failure of Seller to fulfill such reporting obligations, if any. If a Phase I environmental investigation report obtained during the Due Diligence Period suggests that sampling is recommended, and if Seller consents to such testing in accordance with this Section 3.1.3(d), Buyer may have additional time to review and approve in its sole and unfettered discretion the environmental condition of the Property for such additional period of time (the “Environmental Diligence Period”) as is reasonably required to obtain permits for such testing and to obtain the results and analysis thereof; provided that (i) Buyer has approved all other matters relating to the Property other than the Property’s environmental condition prior to expiration of the Due Diligence Period, and (ii) in no event shall the Environmental Diligence Period extend beyond December 30, 2008 without the prior written consent of Seller.

(e) Promptly after any physical inspection of the Property, if any damage to the Property has resulted from such physical inspection, Buyer at its sole cost shall restore the Property to the condition that existed immediately prior to such inspection; provided that, if the Closing does not occur for any reason, then Seller may elect to restore the Property itself and to charge the cost thereof to Buyer (who shall pay the amount due within thirty (30) days after delivery of an invoice from Seller).

(f) Buyer shall not permit any mechanics’ or other Liens to be filed against the Property as a result of Buyer exercising its right of entry, and Buyer at its sole cost shall cause any Liens (as defined in Section 5.8) so filed to be removed within five (5) days after written notice from Seller, by bond or otherwise.

(g) Buyer’s obligations under this Section 3.1.3 shall survive the termination of this Agreement prior to Closing.

3.1.4 Indemnity. Buyer shall indemnify, defend and hold Seller, its officers, directors, shareholders, affiliates, subsidiaries, lenders, employees, contractors, agents, successors and assigns harmless from and against any and all Claims, to the extent arising out of the acts or omissions of Buyer, its agents, employees or contractors in the course of carrying out Buyer’s Due Diligence Investigation and Limited Security Review, including but not limited to:

(a) any investigative activity, or any other act or omission in connection with the Due Diligence Investigation or Limited Security Review, by or on behalf of Buyer or its employees, invitees, agents or contractors;

- 6 -

(b) any contract, agreement or commitment entered into or made by and between Buyer and a third-party contractor in connection with the Due Diligence Investigation or Limited Security Review; and

(c) the investigation of the presence of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 5.6.1(b)) or substances on the Property, the exacerbation of any pre-existing environmental condition, in any case, as a result of any act or omission of Buyer or Buyer’s employees, agents or contractors; provided, however the indemnifications in this Section 3.1.4 shall not extend to the Claims arising out of the discovery and/or reporting of existing conditions on the Property. Buyer’s obligations under this Section 3.1.4 shall survive the termination of this Agreement prior to Closing.

3.1.5 Delivery of Documents. In connection with Buyer’s Due Diligence Investigation, Seller has provided or will provide to Buyer copies of all development agreements, leases, service contracts, engineering drawings/specifications, purchase orders/agreements, operating costs, use permits, third-party reports, studies, operating statements, environmental reviews, compliance inspection reports and other similar documents relating to the Property in Seller’s possession or control (collectively, the “Due Diligence Documents”). The Due Diligence Documents shall exclude (if any) (a) any item that is subject to any legally recognized privilege (e.g., the attorney-client privilege) and attorney work product, provided, however, Seller shall provide to Buyer a general description of the categories of Due Diligence Documents claimed to be excluded under this clause (a), (b) any document that contains proprietary or confidential financial information not relating to the operation of the Property, (c) any appraisals of the Property and (d) any item that Seller is contractually or otherwise bound to keep confidential, provided, however, Seller shall provide to Buyer a general description of the categories of Due Diligence Documents claimed to be excluded under this clause (d). Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, Seller makes no representation or warranty relating to the validity of the Due Diligence Documents, and Buyer acknowledges and agrees that Buyer is responsible for verifying the accuracy of the Due Diligence Documents. All information, including but not limited to the Due Diligence Documents, supplied by Seller to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement shall remain the property of Seller, except as provided in Section 3.1.3(c). In the event the Closing does not occur, or this Agreement is terminated for any reason, Buyer shall promptly return to Seller all documents, including but not limited to the Due Diligence Documents, obtained from Seller and Seller’s agents, employees and contractors except as provided in Section 3.1.3(c).

3.1.6 Contact with Government Entities. Buyer shall not contact any Governmental Entity, including but not limited to the City, about the Property or this Agreement without first having given Seller not less than twenty-four (24) hours notice to Roger Wang of Buyer’s intent to contact the City or other Governmental Entity. Buyer shall give Seller (i) copies of all written communications to or from Governmental Entities, and (ii) at least 24 hours prior notice of any meetings or telephone calls with Governmental Entities, so that Seller may participate if it desires. Buyer shall not enter into any binding agreements with Governmental Entities with respect to the Property that become effective prior to the Closing.

3.1.7 Confidentiality. This Agreement, the Due Diligence Investigation, and the Limited Security Review shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Mutual Nondisclosure Agreement entered into by the parties on August 18, 2008 (the “NDA”), all of which terms and conditions (other than Section 6 of the NDA) are incorporated herein by this reference. With regard to this Agreement only, the term “Purpose” in the NDA shall include evaluating the Property and performing the Limited Security Review, and Buyer shall use all such information solely for such Purpose. Buyer’s obligations under this Section 3.1.7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement prior to Closing.

- 7 -

3.1.8 Estoppel Certificates. Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and deliver to Buyer prior to the end of the Due Diligence Period fully completed and executed tenant estoppel certificates substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E-1 and Exhibit E-2 from the existing tenants of Building B (“Tenant Estoppel Certificates”). If Seller is unable to deliver the Tenant Estoppel Certificates prior to the expiration of the Due Diligence Period, Seller may elect, by written notice to Buyer, to close the transaction in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement by providing to Buyer at Closing a Seller estoppel certificate substantially in the form attached as Exhibit F-1 and Exhibit F-2 (the “Seller Estoppel Certificates”), in place of any of the Tenant Estoppel Certificates not delivered.

3.2 Approval/Disapproval of Due Diligence Investigation. Buyer shall approve or disapprove of the results of its Due Diligence Investigation in the exercise of Buyer’s sole discretion by written notice (“Approval Notice”) delivered to Seller no later than 5:00 p.m. on the last day of the Due Diligence Period. Buyer’s disapproval shall terminate this Agreement, in which case the Initial Deposit, together with all accrued interest, shall be returned to Buyer and, except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall be of no further force and effect. Buyer’s failure to deliver the Approval Notice to Seller shall be deemed disapproval. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Buyer may elect to terminate this Agreement at any time during the Due Diligence Period for any reason whatsoever in Buyer’s sole and unfettered discretion, in which case the Initial Deposit, together with all accrued interest, shall be returned to Buyer.

3.3 Preliminary Report. Buyer shall obtain a preliminary report or commitment for title insurance (the “Preliminary Report”) covering the Property and issued by First American Title located at 1700 South El Camino Real, Suite 108, San Mateo, CA 94402, Attention: Karen Matsunaga (the “Title Company”), together with a legible copy of each document, map and survey referred to in the Preliminary Report.

3.4 Approval/Disapproval of Preliminary Report. Buyer shall approve or disapprove of the Preliminary Report and any exceptions to title shown thereon (the “Exceptions”) in the exercise of Buyer’s sole discretion on or before December 1, 2008, subject to Buyer’s right to review and approve or disapprove within five (5) days after receipt thereof any supplement to the Preliminary Report resulting from any new title exception or the title company’s review of an ALTA survey obtained by Buyer (“Title Supplement”). If Buyer disapproves title, whether with respect to the Preliminary Report or a Title Supplement, Buyer may elect to either (a) terminate this Agreement by giving Seller written notice of termination within the applicable time period for review, or (b) give Seller a written notice (“Disapproval Notice”) identifying the disapproved title matters which Buyer will require to be removed or cured at or prior to Closing (“Disapproved Title Matters”). Failure by Buyer to timely give either notice approving the Preliminary Report and the Exceptions or the Disapproval Notice shall be deemed approval. With respect to any Disapproved Title Matters, Seller shall notify Buyer in writing within five (5) business days after Seller’s receipt of the Disapproval Notice whether Seller will cause the Disapproved Title Matters to be removed or cured at or prior to Closing. If Seller elects not to remove or cure all Disapproved Title Matters, Buyer may, at its option, by notice to Seller given prior to expiration of the Due Diligence Period, elect to: (i) close the purchase of the Property and take title subject to any Disapproved Title Matters which Seller elects not to remove or cure (subject to satisfaction of the other conditions to Closing), or (ii) terminate this Agreement.

- 8 -

Section 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

4.1 Buyer’s Conditions. Buyer’s obligations under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions at or prior to the Closing Date, which conditions are for the benefit of Buyer only and the satisfaction or fulfillment of which may be waived only in writing by Buyer:

4.1.1 Representations and Warranties True at Closing. Seller’s representations and warranties contained in this Agreement that are qualified by materiality shall be true and correct and any such representations and warranties that are not qualified by materiality shall be true and correct in all material respects, in each case, as of the Effective Date and as of the Closing Date, as though such representations and warranties were made on and as of the Closing Date.

4.1.2 Performance. Seller shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all covenants, agreements, terms and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing.

4.1.3 Title Policy. The Title Company shall on the Closing Date be irrevocably and unconditionally committed to deliver to Buyer an ALTA extended coverage owner’s policy of title insurance with such endorsements as Buyer shall reasonably request (the “Title Policy”), with liability not less than the Purchase Price showing fee title to the Property vested in Buyer, subject only to the Exceptions approved by Buyer pursuant to Section 3.4. At Buyer’s option, Buyer may obtain a Title Policy in an amount equal to the estimated value of improvements to be construction on the Land.

4.1.4 REA. At Closing, Buyer and Seller shall have reached agreement on the terms of, and entered into an agreement providing for reciprocal easements for access, utilities, drainage and parking (the “REA”), and any required approvals from the City pertaining to the REA shall have been obtained.

4.1.5 EFI Lease. At Closing, Buyer and Seller shall have reached agreement on the terms of, and entered into a lease (the “EFI Lease”) pursuant to which Buyer shall lease to Seller portions of Building B currently used by Seller for lab and warehouse, for a period of time beginning on the Close of Escrow and expiring on April 15, 2009.

4.1.6 Child Care Agreement. At Closing, Buyer and Seller shall reached agreement on the terms of, and have entered into an agreement (the “Child Care Center Agreement”) regarding the use of the Child Care Center by employees of Seller after Closing provided that the Child Care Center Agreement will not obligate Buyer to provide Seller’s employees use of the Child Care Center beyond July 15, 2009. For the avoidance of doubt, Buyer will have sole discretion on all matters related to the Child Care Center after July 15, 2009. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall Buyer terminate the use of the Child Care Center by Seller’s employees without giving at least ninety (90) days prior written notice to Seller and the relevant employees.

4.1.7 Assignment of Development Agreement. At Closing, Seller shall assign to Buyer all of its right, title and interest in and to the Development Agreement and shall obtain all consents to such assignment as may be required to validly assign the Development Agreement. Such assignment (the “Assignment of Development Agreement”) shall be substantially in the form attached as Exhibit G.

- 9 -

4.1.8 Material Change in Entitlements for Property. There shall have been no material change in Applicable Laws or the right to develop the Property in accordance with the Development Agreement that would adversely affect Buyer’s ability (with respect to cost or time to completion) under the Development Agreement to construct on the Property no less than 542,000 gross square feet of building area and a parking structure.

4.1.9 Consent of Ground Lessee to Right of First Offer. Seller shall have obtained the consent of the Ground Lessee to the granting of the Right of First Offer as set forth in Section 10.6 below.

4.2 Seller’s Conditions. Seller’s obligations under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions at or prior to the Closing Date, which conditions are for the benefit of Seller only and the satisfaction or fulfillment of which may be waived only in writing by Seller:

4.2.1 Representations and Warranties True at Closing. Buyer’s representations and warranties contained in this Agreement (i) that are qualified by materiality shall be true and correct and (ii) any such representations and warranties that are not qualified by materiality shall be true and correct in all material respects, in each case, as of the Effective Date and as of the Closing Date, as though such representations and warranties were made on and as of the Closing Date.

4.2.2 Performance. Buyer shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all covenants, agreements, terms and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing.

4.2.3 REA. Buyer and Seller shall have reached agreement on the terms of, and entered into the REA, and any required approvals from the City pertaining to the REA shall have been obtained.

4.2.4 EFI Lease. Buyer and Seller shall have reached agreement on the terms of, and entered into the EFI Lease.

4.2.5 Child Care Center Agreement. Buyer and Seller shall have reached agreement on the terms of, and entered into the Child Care Center Agreement.

4.2.6 Consent to Right of First Offer. Seller shall have obtained the written consent of its Ground Lessee as described in Section 10.6.

4.3 Failure of Conditions.

4.3.1 Failure of a Condition for the Benefit of Buyer. If any of the conditions to Closing set forth in Section 4.1 are not satisfied at the Closing Date, Buyer may terminate this Agreement by written notice to Seller and the Title Company. In the event of such termination of this Agreement, the Escrow shall be terminated, the Deposit shall be returned to Buyer and all other funds and all documents deposited with the Title Company shall be returned to the party having deposited the same. The foregoing shall not affect Buyer’s remedies for a default by Seller, which shall be governed by Section 11.

- 10 -

4.3.2 Failure of a Condition for the Benefit of Seller. If any of the conditions to Closing set forth in Section 4.2 are not satisfied at the Closing Date for a reason other than the default of Buyer, Seller may terminate this Agreement by written notice to Buyer and the Title Company. In the event of such termination of this Agreement, the Escrow shall be terminated, the Deposit shall be returned to Buyer and all other funds and documents deposited with the Title Company shall be returned to the part having deposited the same. The foregoing shall not affect Seller’s remedies for a default by Buyer, which shall be governed by Section 11.

Section 5. SELLER’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

5.1 Authority. Seller is a duly formed, validly existing corporation in good standing in the State of Delaware, and is qualified to do business in the State of California. Seller has the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement. This Agreement and the other documents executed by Seller in accordance herewith constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Seller, enforceable against Seller in accordance with their respective terms. All actions and approvals required under Seller’s organizational documents and, except as set forth on Schedule 5.1, any agreements of Seller with third parties to sell, transfer, convey and deliver the Property and consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly taken and obtained. All persons acting for and on behalf of Seller have the necessary authority to execute documents and to otherwise consummate this transaction.

5.2 No Conflict. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.2, the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions provided for herein and the fulfillment of the terms hereof will not result in a material breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a material default under any provision of Seller’s organizational documents or any agreement by which Seller is bound, or any order or regulation of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or Governmental Entity having jurisdiction over Seller.

5.3 Contracts. Except as disclosed on the Preliminary Report or as listed in Exhibit C and Exhibit D hereto, or provided in the Due Diligence Documents after the Effective Date (collectively, the “Contracts”), there are no agreements relating to the Property to which Seller is party and by which Buyer or the Property will be bound after the Closing, other than those that can be terminated without cause on no more than thirty (30) days’ notice and that are listed in Exhibit C and Exhibit D. Except as noted on Exhibit C or Exhibit D, the Contracts are in full force and effect and to Seller’s knowledge, binding on the parties thereto. Seller has provided, or prior to the expiration of the Due Diligence Period will provide, correct and complete copies of the Contracts to Buyer.

5.4 Litigation. No litigation or other legal proceeding is pending, or to Seller’s knowledge, proposed, threatened or anticipated with respect to the Property or any matter affecting Seller’s ability to transfer the Property.

5.5 Legal Compliance. To Seller’s knowledge, except as otherwise disclosed in Schedule 5.5, the Property and Seller’s operations concerning the Property are not in violation of any applicable federal, state or local statute, law or regulation (“Applicable Laws”), and no notice from any Governmental Entity has been served upon Seller claiming any violation of Applicable Laws, or requiring or calling attention to the need for any work, repairs, construction, alterations or installation on or in connection with the Property in order to comply Applicable Laws, with which Seller has not complied. If there are any such notices with which Seller has complied, Seller shall provide Buyer with copies thereof.

- 11 -

5.6 Hazardous Materials; Asbestos.

5.6.1 Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “Environmental Law(s)” means all present and future laws that relate to the protection of human health, public or worker safety, occupation health, wildlife or the environment, including without limitation, (i) federal, state, regional and local laws, regulations, rules, and other written requirements; (ii) permits, orders, plans, guidelines and similar directives of all federal, state, regional and local governmental authorities; and (iii) administrative and judicial decrees, judgments, orders and directives.

(b) “Hazardous Material” means any substance which is designated, defined, classified or regulated as a hazardous substance, hazardous material, toxic substance, hazardous waste, pollutant or contaminant under any Environmental Law, as currently in effect, including, without limitation, petroleum hydrocarbons (including crude oil or any fraction thereof and all petroleum products and additives thereto), PCBs, asbestos, explosives, corrosives, toxic materials, flammable materials, infectious materials, radioactive materials, carcinogenic materials, reproductive toxicants and mold.

(c) “Release” means any accidental or intentional spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping or disposing into the environment of any Hazardous Material (including the abandonment or discarding of barrels, containers, and other receptacles containing any Hazardous Material).

5.6.2 Representations. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Due Diligence Documents, or disclosed to Buyer through any physical testing or inspection of the Land or Improvements or otherwise:

(a) To Seller’s knowledge, Seller has not received any written notice of violation issued pursuant to any Environmental Law with respect to the Land or Improvements.

(b) To Seller’s knowledge, during Seller’s period of ownership of the Property, there has been no Release by Seller on the Property of any Hazardous Materials in violation of any applicable Environmental Laws.

(c) To Seller’s knowledge, during Seller’s period of ownership of the Property, Seller has not installed any asbestos or asbestos-containing material in the Property through construction, renovation or otherwise.

5.7 Government Action. There are no presently pending or to Seller’s knowledge, contemplated or threatened (i) proceedings by any Governmental Entity to condemn or demolish the Land or Improvements or any part of them, or (ii) proceedings to declare the Land or Improvements or any part of them a nuisance. To Seller’s knowledge there are no presently pending zoning changes, or other proceedings or actions (including legislative action) by any Governmental Entity that will in any way affect the size of, use of, improvements on, construction on, or access to the Property, except as disclosed in Schedule 5.7.

5.8 Liens. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.8, there are no liens, pledges, charges, security interests, encumbrances or other claims of any kind (collectively “Liens”) with respect to the Personal Property that will not be paid at Closing.

5.9 Seller’s Knowledge. For purposes of this Agreement, the phrase “to Seller’s knowledge” or other similar phrases shall mean to the current actual knowledge of John Ritchie, Roger Wang and Seller’s general counsel without any duty of inquiry or investigation. The individuals named in this Section 5.9 shall have no personal liability for any of Seller’s representations or warranties by reason of being named herein.

- 12 -

5.10 Survival of Seller’s Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties set forth in this Section 5 are made as of the Effective Date and are remade as of the Closing Date and shall not be deemed to be merged into or waived by the instruments of Closing, but shall survive the Closing until 11:59 p.m. Pacific Time on the first anniversary of the date of Closing (“Survival Expiration Date”). Buyer shall have the right to bring an action thereon only if Buyer has given Seller written notice of the circumstances giving rise to the alleged breach on or before the Survival Expiration Date.

5.11 Notice of Changed Circumstances. If Seller becomes aware of any fact or circumstance that would render false or misleading a representation or warranty made by Seller, Seller shall immediately give written notice of such fact or circumstance to Buyer.

5.12 Inaccuracies Known to Buyer. Any fact, condition or circumstance actually known by or disclosed to Buyer prior to the expiration of the Due Diligence Period that contradicts or renders untrue any warranty or representation made by Seller under this Agreement, shall render such warranty or representation superseded and of no effect to the extent of such contradiction or untruth. If such fact, condition or circumstance known by or disclosed to Buyer prior to the expiration of the Due Diligence Period renders any warranty or representation of Seller untrue in a material respect, Buyer shall have the right to elect, as Buyer’s sole and exclusive remedy, either: (i) to terminate this Agreement and receive the return of the Deposit, or (ii) to waive such contradiction or untruth and proceed to Closing in accordance with this Agreement.

Section 6. BUYER’S REPRESENTATIONS

6.1 Buyer’s Authority. Buyer hereby represents and warrants to Seller that Buyer has the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement. This Agreement and the other documents executed by Buyer in accordance herewith constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Buyer, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with their respective terms. All persons acting for and on behalf of Buyer have the necessary authority to execute documents and to otherwise consummate this transaction.

6.2 Financing. Buyer has or will on the Closing Date have all funds necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

6.3 Litigation. To Buyer’s actual knowledge (without inquiry or investigation) there is no pending litigation, administrative proceeding, or other legal action or act by a Governmental Entity which would prevent the Closing in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

6.4 Survival of Buyer’s Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties set forth in this Section 6 are made as of the Effective Date and are remade as of the Closing Date and shall not be deemed to be merged into or waived by the instruments of Closing, but shall survive the Closing until the Survival Expiration Date. Seller shall have the right to bring an action thereon only if Seller has given Buyer written notice of the circumstances giving rise to the alleged breach before the Survival Expiration Date.

- 13 -

6.5 Notice of Changed Circumstances. If Buyer becomes aware of any fact or circumstance that would render false or misleading a representation or warranty made by Buyer, Buyer shall immediately give written notice of such fact or circumstance to Seller.

Section 7. AS-IS; INDEMNITY; RELEASE

7.1 “AS IS” SALE.

7.1.1 NO RELIANCE ON DISCLOSURES. ACKNOWLEDGING (A) BUYER HAS ACQUIRED AND OWNS REAL PROPERTY IN FOSTER CITY IN THE VICINITY OF THE PROPERTY; (B) BUYER HAS HAD OR WILL HAVE AN ADQUATE TIME TO MAKE AN EVALUATION OF THE PROPERTY; (C) BUYER HAS ENTERED INTO THIS AGREEMENT WITH THE INTENTION OF MAKING AND RELYING UPON ITS OWN INVESTIGATION OR THAT OF THIRD PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE PHYSICAL, ENVIRONMENTAL, ECONOMIC AND LEGAL CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY, (D) BUYER HAS CONTRACTED OR MAY CONTRACT WITH CERTAIN ADVISORS AND CONSULTANTS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS, ENGINEERS AND GEOLOGISTS, SOILS AND SEISMIC EXPERTS, TO CONDUCT SUCH ENVIRONMENTAL, GEOLOGICAL, SOIL, HYDROLOGY, SEISMIC, PHYSICAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND OTHER INSPECTIONS OF THE PROPERTY AS BUYER DEEMS TO BE NECESSARY AND THAT BUYER HAS REVIEWED OR WILL REVIEW ALL SUCH REPORTS AS WELL AS ALL MATERIALS AND OTHER INFORMATION GIVEN OR MADE AVAILABLE TO BUYER BY SELLER, BUYER AGREES, SUBJECT TO THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH HEREIN, TO TAKE THE PROPERTY “AS-IS,” “WHERE-IS,” AND WITH ALL FAULTS AND CONDITIONS THEREON. ANY INFORMATION, REPORTS, STATEMENTS, DOCUMENTS OR RECORDS PREPARED BY THIRD PARTIES (COLLECTIVELY, THE “DISCLOSURES”) PROVIDED OR MADE TO BUYER OR ITS CONSTITUENTS BY SELLER OR ANY OF SELLER’S AFFILIATES SHALL NOT BE REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF SELLER. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN, BUYER SHALL NOT RELY ON SUCH DISCLOSURES, BUT RATHER, BUYER SHALL RELY ONLY ON ITS OWN INSPECTION OF THE PROPERTY.

7.1.2 DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES. BUYER FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT, SUBJECT TO THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, SELLER HAS NOT MADE, DOES NOT MAKE AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES BY SELLER OR ON BEHALF OF SELLER OR OTHERWISE, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ORAL OR WRITTEN, PAST, PRESENT OR FUTURE, OF, AS TO, CONCERNING OR WITH RESPECT TO THE PROPERTY OR MATTERS AFFECTING THE PROPERTY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION (A) THE NATURE, QUALITY OR CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE WATER, SOIL AND GEOLOGY; (B) THE INCOME TO BE DERIVED FROM THE PROPERTY, (C) THE SUITABILITY OF THE PROPERTY FOR ANY AND ALL ACTIVITIES AND USES WHICH BUYER MAY CONDUCT THEREON, (D) THE COMPLIANCE OF OR BY THE PROPERTY WITH ANY LAWS, RULES, ORDINANCES OR REGULATIONS OF ANY APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL ENTITY, INCLUDING BUILDING, HEALTH, SAFETY, LAND USE AND ZONING LAWS, REGULATIONS AND ORDERS; (E) THE HABITABILITY, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE PROPERTY; (F) STRUCTURAL AND OTHER ENGINEERING CHARATERISTICS (INCLUDING SEISMIC DAMAGE); (G) THE PRESENCE, EXISTENCE OR ABSENCE OF TERMITES, PESTS, HAZARDOUS WASTES, TOXIC SUBSTANCES OR OTHER ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS OR (H) ANY OTHER INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE PROPERTY OR THE MARKET AND PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENTS IN WHICH IT IS LOCATED.

- 14 -

7.1.3 RELEASE OF CLAIMS. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, BUYER, ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, HEREBY UNCONDITIONALLY AND ABSOLUTELY WAIVE, RELEASE AND AGREE NOT TO MAKE ANY CLAIM OR BRING ANY COST RECOVERY ACTION OR CLAIM FOR CONTRIBUTION OR OTHER ACTION OR CLAIM AGAINST SELLER OR SELLER’S AFFILIATES, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, LENDERS, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS FOR ANY “CLAIMS” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3.1.3) OR COMPENSATION WHATSOEVER, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, KNOWN OR UNKNOWN, FORESEEN OR UNFORESEEN, ACCRUED OR UNACCRUED, LIQUIDATED OR UNLIQUIDATED, FIXED OR CONTINGENT, WHICH BUYER EVER HAD, NOW HAS OR MAY HAVE, OR WHICH MAY ARISE IN THE FUTURE ON ACCOUNT OF OR IN ANY WAY GROWING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH (A) ANY FEDERAL, STATE, OR LOCAL ENVIRONMENTAL OR HEALTH AND SAFETY LAW OR REGULATION, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE COMPREHENSEIVE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSE, COMPENSATION AND LIABILITY ACT OF 1980, 42 U.S.C. SECTION 9601, AS AMENDED OR ANY STATE EQUIVALENT, OR ANY SIMILAR LAW NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ENACTED OR (B) ANY ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS WHATSOEVER ON ABOUT OR UNDER THE PROPERTY OR (C) SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 7.1.5 BELOW, ANY OTHER MATTER RELATING TO OR CONNECTED WITH THE CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 7 SHALL SURVIVE THE CLOSING. BUYER REPRESENTS TO SELLER THAT BUYER HAS CONDUCTED, OR WILL CONDUCT PRIOR TO CLOSING, SUCH INVESTIGATIONS OF PROPERTY AS BUYER DEEMS NECESSARY OR DESIRABLE TO SATISFY ITSELF AS TO THE CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY AND THE EXISTENCE OR NONEXISTENCE OR CURATIVE ACTION TO BE TAKEN WITH RESPECT TO ANY HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC SUBSTANCES ON OR DISCHARGED FROM THE PROPERTY, AND WILL RELY UPON SAME.

7.1.4 RELEASE OF CERTAIN CLAIMS. WITH RESPECT TO THE FOREGOING RELEASE OF CLAIMS, IN GIVING SUCH RELEASE, BUYER ACKNOWLEDGES THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542, AS AMENDED OR MODIFIED, WHICH PROVIDES THAT:

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”

BUYER HEREBY SPECIFICALLY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT BUYER HAS CAREFULLY REVIEWED THIS SECTION 7 AND DISCUSSED ITS IMPORT WITH LEGAL COUNSEL, IS FULLY AWARE OF ITS CONSEQUENCES, AND THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 7 ARE A MATERIAL PART OF THIS AGREEMENT; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, SUCH RELEASE, WAIVER OR DISCHARGE PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION 7 SHALL NOT APPLY AND SHALL BE OF NO FORCE OR EFFECT AS TO ANY CLAIMS RELATING TO (I) SELLER’S BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE BREACH OF ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, (II) SELLER’S FRAUD (III) SELLER’S INTENTIONAL MISREPRESENTATION (IV) CLAIMS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 7.1.5, OR (V) THAT SELLER’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE, IF ANY, WAS IN ANY MANNER MATERIALLY FALSE.

Seller	( /s/ John Ritchie )	Buyer	( /s/ John Milligan )
	Chief Financial Officer		President & Chief Operating Officer

- 15 -

7.1.5 Third Party Claims. In the event there are third party actions, suits or legal proceedings (the “Proceeding”) for injury or death to persons or damage to property arising out of or relating to events occurring on the Property during Seller’s ownership of the Property, then Buyer shall have the right to tender defense of any such Proceeding to Seller, and Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold Buyer harmless from and against any losses, damages, liabilities, fines, penalties, charges and all costs and expenses incurred or suffered by Buyer in connection with or relating to the Proceeding; provided, however, that Seller shall have no such obligation unless: (a) Buyer notifies Seller in writing within forty-five (45) days of the date Buyer becomes first aware of the commencement of a Proceeding against Buyer (provided that no failure or delay in giving notice will relieve Seller from its indemnity obligation, except to the extent that Seller is prejudiced by such failure or delay); (b) Buyer provides Seller with copies of all documents received by Buyer relating to the Proceeding; (c) Buyer gives Seller, with reputable counsel of Seller’s choosing, the sole power to direct and control the settlement and defense of the Proceeding, provided that Seller will not settle a Proceeding without Buyer’s consent unless (i) all claims in the Proceeding against Buyer will be dismissed with prejudice as part of the settlement and (ii) the sole relief provided is to be paid in full or performed by Seller; and (d) Buyer uses commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate and assist Seller in its defense or settlement of the Proceeding. This Section 7.1.5 shall in no way apply to or alter Buyer’s release of claims set forth in Section 7.1.3(A) and 7.1.3(B).

7.2 Survival. Buyer’s agreements and covenants under this Section 7 shall survive the Closing.

Section 8. OPERATION OF THE PROPERTY PENDING THE CLOSING

8.1 Normal Course of Business. Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to continue to operate, manage and maintain the Property in such condition so that the Property shall be in substantially the same condition as of the Closing Date as it was on the Effective Date, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Ordinary wear and tear shall not include any failure by Seller to utilize good maintenance practices. Seller shall maintain all existing insurance policies in connection with the Property. Except as may be required with respect to Seller or Seller’s Property by the REA or the Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions for Vintage Park dated December 27, 1985, and recorded December 27, 1985 in the Official Records of the County as Document No. 85138387 Seller’s existing liability and property insurance pertaining to the Property may be canceled by Seller as of the Closing Date. Seller shall not make any material alterations to the Property without the prior written approval of Buyer, which may be withheld in Buyer’s sole discretion.

8.2 No New Leases. Seller shall not enter into any new leases for any portion of the Property, or modify, extend or terminate any of the existing Leases, without the prior written consent of Buyer.

- 16 -

8.3 Maintenance of Condition of Title. During the term of this Agreement, Seller shall not allow any Lien or any other matter to cause the condition of title to the Property to be changed from that as existed as of the Effective Date, without Buyer’s prior written consent.

8.4 Leases. Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, Seller shall not, without Buyer’s prior written consent, in Buyer’s sole and absolute discretion, (i) renew any Leases, (ii) amend any Leases, (iii) terminate any Leases or (iv) enter into any leases affecting the Property.

8.5 Contracts. Seller will not enter into any purchase contract obligation which will not be paid in full prior to the Closing Date or any service, maintenance, or management, design or improvement contract that cannot be canceled upon thirty (30) days’ notice at no cost to Buyer unless Seller first obtains the written approval of Buyer, in Buyer’s sole discretion.

8.6 Mutual Cooperation. Seller and Buyer shall each cooperate with the other in pursuing the matters required to be performed by the other as set forth in this Agreement and otherwise shall use commercially reasonable efforts to fulfill the conditions to Closing.

8.7 Further Encumbrances. Seller shall not execute any documents or otherwise take any action that will have the result of further encumbering the Property in any fashion.

Section 9. CLOSING

9.1 Time. Provided that all conditions set forth in Section 4 have been either satisfied or waived by the appropriate party, the parties shall close the transaction contemplated by this Agreement (the “Closing”), on a date designated by Buyer after January 1, 2009 and before January 29, 2009, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties (the “Closing Date”). Buyer shall give Seller at least thirty-five (35) days prior written notice of the Closing Date.

9.2 Escrow. The terms of this Agreement (including, but not limited to, the terms contained in this Section 9), together with such additional instructions as the Title Company shall reasonably request and to which the parties shall agree, shall constitute the escrow instructions to the Title Company. If there is any inconsistency between this Agreement and any additional escrow instructions given to the Title Company, this Agreement shall control unless the intent to amend this Agreement is clearly and expressly stated in the additional escrow instructions. Buyer and Seller shall cause the Title Company to execute and deliver a counterpart of this Agreement to each of them.

9.3 Seller’s Deposits Into Escrow. Seller shall deposit into escrow on or before Closing the following documents:

9.3.1 Grant Deed. A duly executed and acknowledged grant deed in the form of Exhibit H, conveying good and marketable fee simple title to the Property to Buyer, subject only to the Exceptions (if any) approved or deemed approved by Buyer pursuant to Section 3.4 (the “Grant Deed”);

9.3.2 Bill of Sale. A duly executed bill of sale in the form of Exhibit I, conveying the Personal Property to Buyer without representation or warranty (the “Bill of Sale”);

- 17 -

9.3.3 Lease Assignment. A duly executed and acknowledged assignment in the form of Exhibit J, assigning to Buyer all of Seller’s interest as landlord under each of the Leases (the “Lease Assignment”);

9.3.4 EFI Lease. A duly executed EFI Lease.

9.3.5 REA. A duly executed and acknowledged REA.

9.3.6 Assignment of Contracts and General Assignment. A duly executed assignment in the form of Exhibit K, assigning to Buyer all of Seller’s interest in the Contracts and Other Assets (the “General Assignment”);

9.3.7 Assignment of Development Agreement. A duly executed and acknowledged Assignment of Development Agreement;

9.3.8 Child Care Center Agreement. A duly executed Child Care Center Agreement;

9.3.9 Non-Foreign Certificate. A duly executed certificate of Seller stating that Seller is not a “foreign person” within the meaning of Section 1445(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Non-Foreign Certificate”);

9.3.10 Withholding Affidavit. Seller’s affidavit of nonforeign status as contemplated by California Revenue and Taxation Code Sections 18662 and 18668 (the “Withholding Affidavit”);

9.3.11 Natural Hazard Disclosure Statement. A completed and executed natural hazard disclosure statement, which shall disclose whether the Property is located within one (1) or more of the six (6) natural hazard zones specified in California Civil Code Section 1103.2 (the “Natural Hazard Disclosure Statement”); and

9.3.12 Seller Estoppels. Any Seller Estoppels required pursuant to Section 3.1.8.

9.3.13 Tenant Notices. Letters addressed to each tenant of the Property, identifying Buyer as the new owner of the Property and stating the address to which future rent payments and correspondence should be sent (the “Tenant Notices”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit L; and

9.3.14 Other. Such additional documents, including written escrow instructions consistent with this Agreement, as may be reasonably necessary for conveyance of the Property in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

9.4 Buyer’s Deposits into Escrow. Buyer shall deposit into escrow on or before Closing:

9.4.1 Purchase Price. The balance of the Purchase Price in accordance with the provisions of Section 2, plus or minus prorations and closing costs as provided in Section 9.6, by electronic transfer of immediately available funds;

9.4.2 Lease Assignment. A counterpart of the Lease Assignment duly executed by Buyer;

- 18 -

9.4.3 EFI Lease. A counterpart of the EFI Lease duly executed by Buyer;

9.4.4 Reciprocal Easement Agreement. A counterpart of the REA duly executed and acknowledged by Buyer.

9.4.5 General Assignment. A counterpart of the General Assignment duly executed by Buyer;

9.4.6 Assignment of Development Agreement. A counterpart of the Assignment of Development Agreement duly executed and acknowledged by Buyer;

9.4.7 Child Care Center Agreement. A counterpart of the Child Care Center Agreement duly executed by Buyer; and

9.4.8 Other. Such additional documents, including written escrow instructions consistent with this Agreement, as may be reasonably necessary for conveyance of the Property in accordance with this Agreement.

9.5 Closing. When the Title Company has received all documents and funds identified in Sections 9.3 and 9.4 has received written notification from Buyer and Seller that all conditions to Closing have been satisfied or waived; and the Title Company is irrevocably committed to issue the Title Policy as described in Section 4.1.3, then, and only then, the Title Company shall take the following actions in the following chronological order:

9.5.1 Record the REA, the Grant Deed, the Assignment of Development Agreement and the Lease Assignment (the “Recordable Documents”), in that order;

9.5.2 Issue the Title Policy to Buyer;

9.5.3 Deliver to Buyer: (i) a conformed copy (showing all recording information thereon) of the Recordable Documents, (ii) the original Bill of Sale, (iii) fully executed originals of the General Assignment, EFI Lease, and Child Care Center Agreement, (iv) the Non-Foreign Certification, (v) the Withholding Affidavit, (vi) the Natural Hazard Disclosure Statement, (vii) the Seller Estoppels, if any, (viii) the Tenant Notices; and

9.5.4 Deliver to Seller: (i) a conformed copy (showing all recording information thereon) of the Recordable Documents, (ii) fully executed originals of the General Assignment, EFI Lease and Child Care Center Agreement and (iii) the Purchase Price (as adjusted pursuant to Section 9.6).

The Title Company shall prepare and sign closing statements showing all receipts and disbursements and deliver copies to Buyer and Seller.

9.6 Prorations and Closing Costs. Subject to the other provisions of this Section 9.6, all receipts and disbursements of the Property will be prorated as of 11:59 p.m. Pacific Time on the day immediately preceding the Closing Date. Not less than five (5) business days prior to the Closing, the Title Company shall submit to Buyer and Seller for their approval a tentative prorations schedule showing the categories and amounts of all prorations proposed. The parties shall agree on a final prorations schedule prior to the Closing. If following the Closing either party discovers an error in the prorations statement, it shall notify the other party and the parties shall promptly make any adjustment required. The provisions of this Section 9.6 shall survive the Closing.

- 19 -

9.6.1 Property Rents. Buyer shall be credited and Seller charged with rent and other payments, including percentage rent and operating costs, due by tenants under the Leases for periods subsequent to the Closing Date. Rent under the Leases shall be apportioned as of the Closing Date (with the Closing Date belonging to Buyer) on the basis of a 365-day year. All rents and other sums received by Buyer after the Closing Date shall be applied first to rent and other obligations accrued or due on or after the Closing Date and then to unpaid rent accruing prior to the Closing Date. Buyer hereby agrees to promptly pay to Seller any amounts due to Seller after Closing. Seller shall be permitted to pursue its remedy for collection of any rent arrearages applicable to the period prior to the Closing Date.

9.6.2 Security Deposits. Buyer shall be entitled to credit against its obligation to pay the Purchase Price for the total sum of all rental deposits, security deposits, and other deposits paid to Seller by tenants under any Leases, except to the extent such deposits have been applied in accordance with the terms of any Lease.

9.6.3 Property Taxes. All real and personal property taxes, assessments, improvement bonds and other similar expenses, if any, whether payable in installments or not, including, without limitation, all supplemental taxes attributable to the period prior to the Closing Date for the calendar year in which the Closing occurs, shall be prorated to the Closing Date, based on the latest available tax rate and assessed valuation. If the amount of any installment of real property taxes is not known as of the Closing Date, then a proration shall be made by the parties based on a reasonable estimate of the real property taxes applicable to the Property and the parties shall adjust the proration when the actual amount becomes known upon the written request of either party made to the other. In the event any error in proration is discovered post-closing, each party agrees to pay to the other any amount required to adjust and correct the error in proration within thirty (30) days of written demand.

9.6.4 Utility Charges. All utility charges attributable to the period before the Closing Date shall be paid by Seller. Seller shall cause all meters to be read on the day before the Closing Date. All utility security deposits, if any, shall be retained by Seller or, if Buyer elects, shall be assigned to Buyer and credited to Seller at Closing.

9.6.5 Closing Costs. Seller shall pay all county transfer taxes. Buyer shall pay the cost of (i) the Title Policy, and any additional coverage or endorsements desired by Buyer, (iii) the survey costs, if any, in connection with obtaining an ALTA survey or extended coverage, and (iv) all escrow fees. Seller and Buyer shall each pay all other closing costs in accordance with County custom.

9.7 Possession. Seller shall deliver exclusive right of possession to the Property to Buyer on the Closing Date, subject only to the Exceptions (if any) approved by the Buyer pursuant to Section 3.4 and the rights of any tenants under the Leases.

Section 10. ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

10.1 Fitness Center. Building B currently contains a fitness center (the “Fitness Center”), which is currently used by Seller’s employees. From and after the Closing until the earlier of (i) the date Seller has constructed its own gym facilities in Building A or (ii) July 15, 2009, Buyer shall permit individuals who are employees of the Seller as of the Effective Date,

- 20 -

and continue to be employed by Seller thereafter, to continue to use the Fitness Center during its hours of operation, at no charge or cost to Seller or Seller’s employees. Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold Buyer its employees, authorized agents, consultants, contractors and representatives harmless from any Claims arising directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, out of any use of the Fitness Center by Seller’s employees, and the foregoing indemnification shall extend to Claims arising out of or alleged to arise out of Buyer’s active or passive negligence.

10.2 Parking. Parking for Building A is currently provided on portions of the Property. During the Due Diligence Period, Buyer and Seller will negotiate in good faith to arrive at a mutually agreeable plan regarding the initial allocation and location of parking for Buyer’s and Seller’s employees upon Closing as well as provisions for making modifications to this initial allocation and location as a function of Gilead’s development of the Property. If Buyer and Seller have not arrived at an agreement by December 8, 2008, Buyer and Seller will agree in the REA that Seller shall have perpetual parking rights sufficient to meet the requirements of Seller’s current use permit for the Retained Property and such that neither Buyer’s nor Seller’s employees will have any priority on specific parking spots or locations; provided that Buyer will have the sole and absolute discretion regarding the development and location of all parking lots, garages or other facilities so long as parking for Building A is in compliance with the applicable use permits. In no event shall Seller be required to pay for any costs of construction of any parking structure on the Property, but Seller shall pay a pro rata share of ordinary and reasonable maintenance and repair costs of such parking facilities (whether on-grade or structured) based on relative number of parking spaces utilized by Buyer and Seller.

10.3 Skywalk. Building A and Building B are currently connected by a skywalk. At the end of the Due Diligence Period, Buyer shall inform Seller whether Buyer wishes to acquire the skywalk as part of Building B. If Buyer so elects, the REA shall include an easement for the benefit of Buyer for access, maintenance and repair of the skywalk. From and after April 16, 2009, Seller and Buyer shall each have the right, at their respective discretion, to close off access to the skywalk at any time, on written notice to the other party. In addition, if Buyer acquires the skywalk, Buyer shall have the right to remove the skywalk at any time, in compliance with all applicable laws; provided that: (i) Seller shall have the right to review and approve any plans for demolition of the skywalk, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; (ii) Buyer shall cooperate with Seller to minimize disruption to Seller’s operations at the Retained Property; (iii) Buyer shall bear all costs and expenses in connection with such demolition work, including without limitation the costs of repair of any damage to Building A and/or the Retained Property, and (iv) Buyer and Seller shall have entered into an agreement reasonably satisfactory to Seller providing for Buyer’s access to the Retained Property for demolition purposes and an indemnity with respect to Claims arising from the demolition work.

10.4 Forms of Agreements. During the Due Diligence Period, Buyer and Seller shall endeavor in good faith to agree upon the forms of the REA, the EFI Lease, and any other document or instrument reasonably necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

10.5 Press Release/Public Disclosure. Subject to applicable law or any listing agreement with a securities exchange or NASDAQ, (i) Buyer and Seller shall consult with each other before issuing or making, and to the extent reasonably practicable, shall provide each other with a reasonable opportunity to review and comment upon, any press release or other public statement or filing relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby and (ii) each party shall obtain the other party’s prior approval of any press release disclosing the sale of the Property pursuant to this Agreement.

- 21 -

10.6 First Offer Right. Subject to the approval by Seller’s ground lessee of the Retained Property (the “Ground Lessee”) and in consideration of the Purchase Price, Buyer shall have a right of first offer (the “Right of First Offer”) to purchase or lease the Retained Property on the terms set forth in this Section 10.6. Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the Ground Lessee’s consent to the Right of First Offer prior to expiration of the Due Diligence Period.

10.6.1 If Seller elects to sell or lease any portion of the Retained Property to any unaffiliated third party, prior to conducting any marketing activity, Seller will deliver to Buyer a written offer (the “Offer”) setting forth all the material terms upon which Seller proposes to sell or lease the Retained Property and offering to sell or lease the Retained Property to Buyer on the same terms. Buyer shall have ten (10) business days after receipt of an Offer in which to notify Seller (the “Notice”) that it would like to purchase the Property on the terms set forth in the Offer. If Buyer provides the Notice, within a reasonable time thereafter Seller and Buyer shall enter into a mutually satisfactory purchase and sale agreement (on substantially similar terms as this Agreement to the extent such terms are relevant) with respect to the sale of the Retained Property, or a mutually satisfactory lease of the Retained Property, and the sale or lease of the Retained Property will be completed pursuant to such agreement or lease. If Buyer does not timely deliver the Notice or rejects the Offer or if despite reasonable good faith efforts, Buyer and Seller fail to enter into a purchase agreement or lease within forty-five (45) days after delivery of Buyer’s Notice, Seller may sell or lease the Retained Property pursuant to Section 10.6.2.

10.6.2 If Buyer does not timely deliver the Notice, Seller may sell or lease the Retained Property to any unaffiliated third party on any terms desired by Seller so long as the terms are not “materially more favorable” to the third party buyer than those of the Offer. In the event that the proposed terms of a sale or lease are “materially more favorable” than the terms of the Offer, then Seller shall re-offer the Retained Property to Buyer on such terms and Buyer shall have five (5) business days after receipt of the written re-offer in which to deliver a Notice with respect to the re-offer. If Buyer provides the Notice, then within a reasonable time thereafter, Seller and Buyer shall enter into a mutually satisfactory purchase and sale agreement on substantially similar terms as this Agreement to the extent such terms are relevant) with respect to the sale of the Retained Property, or a mutually satisfactory lease, as the case may be, and the sale or lease will be completed pursuant to such agreement or lease. If Buyer does not timely deliver the Notice or rejects the re-offer, or if despite reasonable good faith efforts, Buyer and Seller fail to enter into a purchase agreement or lease within forty-five (45) days after delivery of Buyer’s Notice, Seller may sell or lease the Retained Property to any unaffiliated third party on terms that are not “materially more favorable” to the third party buyer than the terms of the re-offer. For the purpose of this Paragraph, “materially more favorable” means that the aggregate value of the purchase price (or rent) and the other economic terms of the third-party purchase (or lease) is lower than ninety-five percent (95%) of the purchase price (or rent) and the other economic terms of the Offer or re-offer, as applicable.

10.6.3 Notwithstanding that Buyer may have rejected or not timely delivered a Notice with respect to an Offer or re-offer, Seller shall keep Buyer informed about Seller’s efforts to market the Retained Property, and Buyer’s Right of First Offer shall continue until the Retained Property is sold to Buyer or a third party in accordance with Section 10.6. If, and only if, Seller sells the Retained Property to a third party in compliance with the terms of this Section 10.6, the

- 22 -

Retained Property shall no longer be subject to Buyer’s Right of First Offer. The provisions of this Section 10.6 shall not apply to any sale or lease of any portion of the Retained Property to any wholly-owned subsidiary of Seller, or to any transfer in connection with a merger, acquisition or consolidation of Seller.

10.6.4 Buyer’s Right of First Offer shall be subject and subordinate at all times to the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease, synthetic lease or other financing instruments which may now exist or hereafter be executed, for which the Retained Property or any ground leases or underlying leases, or Seller’s interest or estate in any of said items, is specified as security. Buyer agrees to execute and deliver, upon demand by Seller and in the form reasonably requested by Seller, any additional documents evidencing the subordination of Buyer’s Right of First Offer.

10.6.5 The covenants set forth in Section 10.6 shall survive the Closing indefinitely until the property is sold or leased to Buyer or a third party in accordance with Section 10.6.

Section 11. DEFAULT

11.1 Default Defined. As used in this Agreement the term “default” shall mean a breach of this Agreement that has not been cured within the time period provided in Section 11.2.

11.2 Notice and Opportunity to Cure. If either party breaches its obligations under this Agreement, the non-breaching party shall give the breaching party written notice of such breach , and the opportunity to cure such breach for a period of five (5) business days after delivery of the notice of breach with respect to a monetary breach, or fifteen (15) business days after delivery of the notice of breach with respect to a non-monetary breach.

11.3 Buyer’s Remedies Prior to Closing.

(a) If Seller is in default or breach of the Agreement (and Buyer is not then in breach of the Agreement), such default or breach becomes actually known to Buyer prior to expiration of the Due Diligence Period and Buyer does not timely provide the Approval Notice, this Agreement shall terminate and Buyer shall be entitled to reimbursement from Seller of the documented costs of its Due Diligence Investigation, up to a maximum amount of Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000). If Buyer timely delivers the Approval Notice, Buyer shall be deemed to have waived all defaults or breaches by Seller actually known to Buyer prior to expiration of the Due Diligence Period.

(b) If, after expiration of the Due Diligence Period and prior to the Closing, Seller is in breach or default of the Agreement (and Buyer is not then in breach of the Agreement) and such breach or default was not actually known by Buyer during the Due Diligence Period, Buyer shall be entitled to all remedies for Seller’s breaches, whether at law or in equity (including, without limitation, terminating the Agreement, closing Escrow and recovering damages and/or seeking specific performance), subject to the limitations set forth in Section 11.6.

11.4 Seller’s Remedies Prior to Closing. In the event of Buyer’s material default, provided Seller is not then in breach of this Agreement, Seller shall have the option to terminate this Agreement and retain the Deposit as liquidated damages, pursuant to Section 2.2.5.

- 23 -

11.5 Release from Escrow. Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to Sections 11.3 and 11.4, the Title Company shall promptly return to Buyer and Seller, respectively, all documents and monies deposited by them into escrow, subject to Seller’s right to retain the Deposit pursuant to Sections 2.2.5. and 11.4.

11.6 Seller’s Default after Closing; Limitation of Liability. If Seller is in breach of its obligations under this Agreement, including without limitation an uncured breach of any of Seller’s representations and warranties under this Agreement and such breach becomes known to Buyer after expiration of the Due Diligence Period, or if any other Seller breach occurs or is discovered after the Closing of Escrow, then notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein: (i) Seller’s maximum aggregate liability, and the maximum aggregate amount which may be awarded to and collected by Buyer (whether the claim is brought in contract, tort, equity or otherwise) and including any amounts for attorney’s and experts’ fees and costs shall under no circumstances whatsoever exceed Six Million Eight Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($6,875,000) and (ii) no claim by Buyer alleging a default by Seller may be made, and Seller shall have no liability for the same, unless and until such claims, either alone or together with any other claims made by Buyer under this Agreement, is for an aggregate amount in excess of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) (“Threshold Amount”), in which event Seller’s liability respecting any final judgment concerning such claim(s) shall be for the full amount thereof. If any such final judgment is for an amount less than the Threshold Amount, then Seller shall have no liability with respect to such claim(s). In no event shall Buyer have any claims for lost opportunity, lost profits or other damages of a consequential, special or indirect nature.

Section 12. DAMAGE, DESTRUCTION AND CONDEMNATION

If, prior to Closing, the Property, or any part thereof shall be condemned or destroyed or damaged by fire or other casualty, Seller shall promptly so notify Buyer. In the event of a Material Loss (hereinafter defined), Buyer shall have the option to terminate this Agreement by giving notice to Seller within fifteen (15) days of Seller’s request that the option be exercised (but no later than Closing). If the condemnation, destruction or damage does not result in a Material Loss, then Seller and Buyer shall consummate the transaction contemplated by this Agreement notwithstanding such condemnation, destruction or damage. If the transaction contemplated by this Agreement is consummated, Buyer shall receive all condemnation proceeds and/or proceeds of insurance under all policies of insurance applicable to the destruction or damage of the Property together with any deductible amounts which shall be paid by Seller to Buyer, and Seller shall, at Closing, execute and deliver to Buyer all customary proofs of loss and other similar items. If Buyer elects to terminate this Agreement in accordance with this Section 12, the Deposit shall be returned to Buyer, this Agreement shall terminate and neither party shall have any further rights or obligations under this Agreement, except as otherwise provided for in this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 12, a “Material Loss” means condemnation, damage or destruction that is reasonably estimated to cost or be valued at (as the case may be) more than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00).

Section 13. GENERAL

13.1 Notices. All notices, consents, requests, demands, approvals, and other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be effective for all purposes (a) upon receipt when personally delivered to the recipient at the recipient’s address set forth below, (b) when received by United States mail, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the recipient as set forth below, or when such receipt is rejected, (c) one (1) business day after deposit with a recognized overnight

- 24 -

courier or delivery service, or (d) when received by facsimile if delivery is confirmed by receipt of a successful transmission report generated by the sender’s facsimile machine addressed to the recipient as set forth below. If the date on which any notice to be given hereunder falls on a Saturday, Sunday or federal or state legal holiday, then such date shall automatically be extended to the next business day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

The addresses for notice are:

SELLER:	Electronics For Imaging, Inc.
	303 Velocity Way
	Foster City, CA 94404
	Attention: Robert Curry, Sr. Corporate Counsel
	Telephone: (650) 357-3573
	Fax: (650) 357-3776
With a copy to:	Bingham McCutchen LLP
	1900 University Avenue
	East Palo Alto, CA 94303
	Attention: Ellen E. Jamason
	Telephone: (650) 849-4826
	Facsimile: (650) 849-4800
BUYER:	Gilead Sciences, Inc.
	333 Lakeside Drive
	Foster City, CA 94404
	Attention: Gregg H. Alton, Senior Vice President and General Counsel
	Telephone: (650) 522-5783
	Facsimile: (650) 578-5771
With a copy to:	Carr McClellan Ingersoll Thompson & Horn
	216 Park Road
	Burlingame, CA 94010
	Attention: Carol B. Schwartz
	Telephone: (650) 696-2526
	Facsimile: (650) 373-3380

Either party may change its address by written notice to the other given in the manner set forth above.

13.2 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the NDA contain the entire agreement and understanding between Buyer and Seller concerning the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements, terms, understandings, conditions, representations and warranties, whether written or oral, made by Buyer or Seller concerning the Property or the other matters which are the subject of this Agreement. This Agreement has been drafted through a joint effort of the parties and, therefore, shall not be construed in favor of or against either of the parties, and shall be construed as a whole in accordance with its fair meaning, and without regard to California Civil Code Section 1654 or similar statutes.

- 25 -

13.3 Amendments and Waivers. No addition to or modification of this Agreement shall be effective unless set forth in writing and signed by the party against whom the addition or modification is sought to be enforced. The party benefited by any condition or obligation may waive the same, but such waiver shall not be enforceable by another party unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. No delay or failure to require performance of any provision of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of that provision. Any waiver granted shall apply solely to the specific instance expressly stated.

13.4 Severability. The provisions of this Agreement are intended to be severable and enforced to the maximum extent permitted by law. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in whole or in part in any jurisdiction, then that provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability and in that jurisdiction only, without in any manner affecting the validity, legality or enforceability of the unaffected portion and the remaining provisions in that jurisdiction or any provision of the Agreement in any other jurisdiction. The unaffected portion and provisions of the Agreement will be enforced to the maximum extent permitted by law.

13.5 References. Unless otherwise indicated, (a) all section and exhibit references are to the sections and exhibits of this Agreement, and (b) all references to days are to calendar days. All the exhibits attached hereto are incorporated herein by this reference. The headings used in this Agreement are provided for convenience only and this Agreement shall be interpreted without reference to any headings. The masculine, feminine or neuter gender and the singular or plural number shall be deemed to include the others whenever the context so indicates or requires.

13.6 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts made and to be performed in California.

13.7 Time. Time is of the essence in the performance of each party’s respective obligations under this Agreement, and no notice of a party’s intent to require strict compliance with the deadlines set forth in this Agreement is required.

13.8 Attorneys’ Fees. If any legal action or other proceeding is commenced to enforce or interpret any provision of, or otherwise relating to, this Agreement, the losing party shall pay the prevailing party’s actual expenses incurred in the investigation of any claim leading to the proceeding, preparation for and participation in the proceeding, any appeal or other post judgment motion, and any action to enforce or collect the judgment including contempt, garnishment, levy, discovery and bankruptcy. For this purpose “expenses” include, without limitation, court or other proceeding costs and experts’ and attorneys’ fees and their expenses. The phrase “prevailing party” shall mean the party who is determined in the proceeding to have prevailed or who prevails by dismissal, default or otherwise.

13.9 Assignment. Neither Buyer nor Seller shall have the right to assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the consent of the other, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, Buyer may assign its rights to, and direct Seller to deliver the Grant Deed to, an entity that is wholly-owned by Buyer. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

- 26 -

13.10 Further Assurances. Each party, at any time before or after Closing, at its own expense shall execute such documents and take such other actions consistent with the terms of this Agreement reasonably required to carry out the terms of this Agreement.

13.11 No Third Party Beneficiaries. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any person other than the express parties to this Agreement.

13.12 Commissions, Indemnity. Buyer’s broker in this transaction is Woodstock Development, Inc. Seller’s broker is Jones Lang LaSalle. Each party shall be responsible for the payment of all commissions due to its respective brokers. Each party represents to the other party that the representing party has incurred no liability for any brokerage commission or finder’s fee arising from or relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, other than as set forth in this Section 13.12. Each party hereby indemnifies and agrees to protect, defend and hold harmless the other party from and against all liability, cost, damage or expense (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection therewith) on account of any brokerage commission or finder’s fee which the indemnifying party has agreed to pay or which is claimed to be due as a result of the actions of the indemnifying party. This Section 13.12 is intended to be solely for the benefit of the parties hereto and is not intended to benefit, nor may it be relied upon by, any person or entity not a party to this Agreement.

13.13 Recording. Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, (i) Seller shall execute, in recordable form, and deliver to Title Company a Short Form or Memorandum of this Agreement (the “Memorandum”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit N which shall be recorded in the Official Records upon receipt by the Title Company of the Initial Deposit and (ii) Buyer shall execute, in recordable form, and deliver to Title Company a Quitclaim in the form attached hereto as Exhibit N-1, which shall be recorded by Escrow Holder upon written instructions to Escrow Holder by both Seller and Buyer upon termination of this Agreement (i) because Buyer fails to timely delivery the Approval Notice or (ii) Buyer elects to terminate this Agreement pursuant to any provision of this Agreement giving Buyer the right to do so or (iii) Seller elects to terminate this Agreement pursuant to any provisions of this Agreement giving Seller the right to do so. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 13.13, Buyer shall not be obligated to instruct Escrow Holder to record the Quitclaim if Buyer asserts that there is a breach or default by Seller under this Agreement with respect to which Buyer has the remedy of specific performance of Seller’s obligation to convey title to the Property to Buyer.

13.14 Transaction Expenses. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each party shall pay its own fees and expenses incident to the negotiation, preparation, execution, authorization (including any necessary meetings or actions) or delivery of this Agreement and in consummating the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of its attorneys, accountants and other advisors.

13.15 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Signature pages may be detached from the counterparts and attached to a single copy of this Agreement to physically form one document. Any copies bearing faxed or photocopied signatures shall be valid, binding and admissible as though original.

13.16 Survival. The provisions of this Agreement shall not merge with the delivery of the Deed, but shall survive the Closing indefinitely, except that the Representations and Warranties of Seller in Section 5 above shall terminate at 11:59 p.m. Pacific Time on the Survival Expiration Date.

- 27 -

Section 14. LIST OF EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

Exhibit	Description
Exhibit A-1	Description of Seller’s Property
Exhibit A-2	Assessor’s Parcel Map
Exhibit A-3	Description of Property Being Sold
Exhibit B	Excluded Personal Property
Exhibit C	Leases
Exhibit D	Contracts and Agreements
Exhibits E1 and E2	Form of Tenant Estoppel Certificates
Exhibits F1 and F2	Form of Seller Estoppel Certificates
Exhibit G	Assignment of Development Agreement
Exhibit H	Grant Deed
Exhibit I	Bill of Sale
Exhibit J	Lease Assignment
Exhibit K	Assignment of Contracts and General Assignment
Exhibit L	Form of Tenant Notice Letter
Exhibit M	Intentionally omitted.
Exhibit N	Memorandum of Agreement
Exhibit N-1	Quitclaim Deed
Schedule 5.1	Authority
Schedule 5.2	No Conflict
Schedule 5.5	Legal Compliance
Schedule 5.7	Government Action
Schedule 5.8	Liens

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

BUYER:		SELLER:
GILEAD SCIENCES, INC.,		ELECTRONICS FOR IMAGING, INC.,
A Delaware Corporation		A Delaware Corporation
By:	/s/ John Milligan	By:	/s/ John Ritchie
Name:	John Milligan	Name:	John Ritchie
Its:	President & Chief Operating Officer	Its:	Chief Financial Officer

- 28 -

Acceptance by Title Company

The Title Company acknowledges receipt of the foregoing Agreement and accepts the instructions contained herein.

Dated: October 23, 2008

By:	First American Title Insurance Company
Name:	Karen Matsunaga
Title:	Senior Commercial Escrow Officer

- 29 -

EXECUTION COPY

PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT AND

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

AMENDMENT NO. 2

This Purchase and Sale Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions Amendment No. 2 (the “Amendment No. 2”) is made as of December 18, 2008 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Electronics For Imaging, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Seller”), and Gilead Sciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Buyer”), in the following factual context:

A. Buyer and Seller entered into that certain Purchase and Sale Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions, dated as of October 23, 2008 (the “Original Agreement”), and Amendment No. 1 thereto (“Amendment No. 1”, and together with the Original Agreement, the “Agreement”) pursuant to which Buyer agreed to purchase from Seller, and Seller agreed to sell to Buyer that certain Property (as more particularly defined in the Agreement).

B. Buyer and Seller wish to amend the Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein:

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Amendment to Section 3.1.1. Section 3.1.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: “The “Due Diligence Period” shall mean the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending at 5:00p.m. Pacific Time on January 13, 2009.”

2. Due Diligence Documents. At Closing or as soon as practicable thereafter, Seller shall deliver to Buyer copies of all Due Diligence Documents in Seller’s possession that have not previously been delivered to Buyer, in hard copy or electronic form. Buyer and Seller shall share equally the cost of making the copies of the Due Diligence Documents.

3. Closing Date. The last sentence of Section 9.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: “Buyer shall give Seller at least ten (10) business days’ prior written notice of the Closing Date.”

4. Effect on the Agreement. The Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as amended by this Amendment No. 2, and this Amendment No. 2, together with the Agreement as amended hereby, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein and there are no other agreements, commitments or understandings among the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Amendment No. 2 and the provisions of the Agreement, the

provisions of this Amendment No. 2 shall govern and control. Each and every other term, condition, covenant, representation, warranty and provision set forth in the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. From and after the date hereof, all references in the Agreement to the “Agreement” shall be deemed to mean the Agreement as amended by Amendment No. 1 and this Amendment No. 2.

5. Counterparts. This Amendment No. 2 may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

6. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

BUYER:		SELLER:
GILEAD SCIENCES, INC.,		ELECTRONICS FOR IMAGING, INC.,
A Delaware Corporation		A Delaware Corporation
By:	/s/ John Milligan	By:	/s/ John Ritchie
Name:	John Milligan	Name:	John Ritchie
Its:	President & Chief Operating Officer	Its:	Chief Financial Officer

EX-12.1

Exhibit 12.1

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands, except ratio of earnings to fixed charges)	2004		2005			2006		2007		2008
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes	$	21,311	$	(4,469	)	$	41,531	$	22,209	$	(133,076	)
Fixed charges:
Interest expense (including capitalized interest)		5,632		5,010			5,028		5,012		1,537
Interest relating to rental expense(1)		2,584		4,079			5,790		6,339		5,314
Total fixed charges		8,216		9,089			10,818		11,351		6,851
Earnings available for fixed charges	$	29,527	$	4,620		$	52,349	$	33,560	$	(126,225	)
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges		3.59		N/A	(2)		4.84		2.96		N/A	(3)

⁽¹⁾ The representative interest portion of rental expense was deemed to be one-third of all rental expense, except for the rental expense related to the off-balance sheet financing leases, as described in the footnotes to the financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 which was deemed to be all interest.

⁽²⁾ For the year ended December 31, 2005 our earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges; the amount of additional earnings needed to cover fixed charges for the year was $4.5 million.

⁽³⁾ For the year ended December 31, 2008 our earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges; the amount of additional earnings needed to cover fixed charges for the year was $133.1 million.

EX-21

Exhibit 21

Name and address of organization*	Jurisdiction of:	Doing Business As**
U.S.
Inkware LLC	New Hampshire
One Vutek Place
Meredith, NH, 03253
Jetrion LLC	Michigan
1260 James L. Hart Parkway
Ypsilanti, MI 48197
Pace Partners, Inc.	Florida
1902 2nd Avenue North
Jacksonville Beach, FL 32250-2734
Pace Systems Group, Inc.	Florida
1902 2nd Avenue North
Jacksonville Beach, FL 32250-2734
Printcafe Software, Inc.	Delaware
40 24th Street
Pittsburgh, PA 15222
Profit Control Acquisition Group, LLC	Florida
1902 2nd Avenue North
Jacksonville Beach, FL 32250-2734
Raster Printers, Inc.	California
2192 Bering Drive
San Jose, CA 95131
VUTEk, Inc.	New Hampshire
One Vutek Place
Meredith, NH, 03253
FOREIGN
Electronics for Imaging Australia Pty Ltd	Australia
13-15 Ridge Street
North Sydney NSW 2060
Australia
VUTEk Belgium BVBA	Belgium
Ikaroslaan 20, B-1930
Zaventem, Belgium
EFI Brazil LTDA	Brazil	Electronics for Imaging do Brazil
Alameda Santos, 234
Suites 603 to 605
01418-000
Sao Paulo, SP
Brazil
EFI (Canada), Inc.	Canada
Box 25
Commerce Court West
Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5L 1A9

Name and address of organization*	Jurisdiction of:	Doing Business As**
Electronics for Imaging, International	Cayman Islands
PW Corporate Services (Cayman) Ltd
PO Box 258
First Home Tower
British American Centre
George Town
Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands
EFI Holdings Ltd	Cayman Islands
Campbell Corporate Services Limited
Scotia Centre
P.O. Box 268GT
Grand Cayman
Electronics for Imaging France SARL	France	EPLI
Immeuble Atria
5, Place des Marseillais
94227 Charenton-le-Pont Cedex
France
Electronics for Imaging GmbH	Germany	Best GmbH
Kaiserswertherstr
Strasse 115
D-40880 Ratingen
Duesseldorf, Germany
EFI Hungary Trading Ltd.	Hungary
Tatra u. 12/B
H-1136 Budapest
Hungary
Electronics for Imaging India Private Limited	India
427, 16th Main, 3rd Cross, 3rd Block
Koramangala,
Bangalore, Karnataka 560 038
EFI Ireland Imaging Solutions Investment Company Ltd	Ireland
85 Merrion Square
Dublin 2
Ireland
Electronics For Imaging Israel (2007) Ltd.	Israel
5b Hanagar Street
Hod Hasharon 45240
Israel
Electronics for Imaging Italia SRL	Italy
Centro Direzionale Milano Fiori
Strada 1, Palazzo FI
20090 Assago (Milano)
Italy
EFI KK	Japan	Electronics for Imaging KK
Shinjuku Island Wing 13F
3-1 Nishi-Shinjuku 6-chome
Shinjuku-ku
Tokyo 160-0023
Japan

Name and address of organization*	Jurisdiction of:	Doing Business As**
Electronics For Imaging Japan YK	Japan
Shinjuku Oak Tower, 14 Fl.
6-8-1 Nishi-Shinjuku
Shinjuku-ku
Tokyo 163-6014
Japan
Electronics for Imaging Korea Co., Ltd.	Korea
37th Floor, ASEM Tower
159-1 Samsung-dong, Gangnam-gu
Seoul, Korea 135-798
Electronics For Imaging Luxembourg SARL	Luxembourg
2 Rue Hackin
L-1746 Luxembourg
EFI Sales Mexico, S.A. de C.V.	Mexico
Florencia No. 57, Floor 6-616
Juarez, Liverpool and Londres
Cuauhtemoc, C.P. 06600
Federal District, Mexico
Electronics for Imaging, B.V.	Netherlands
201-207 Boeing Avenue
1119 PD Schiphol-Rijk
The Netherlands
Electronics for Imaging Singapore Pte Ltd	Singapore
5 Shenton Way
#21-08A-11 & 12 UIC Building
Singapore 068808
Electronics for Imaging España S.L.	Spain
Parque Impresarial San Fernando
Edificio Francia
28883 L Madrid
Spain
Electronics for Imaging AB	Sweden	Electronics for Imaging Sweden
Frösundaviks All 15 4tr
169 70 Solna
Sweden
Electronics for Imaging Holding GmbH	Switzerland
Kunzi Treuhand Controlling and Consulting
Attn: Thomas Kunzi
Industriestrasse 33
CH - 6300 Zug
Electronics for Imaging (Europe) Limited	UK	Electronics for Imaging UK
Stonebridge House
Padbury Oaks
Old Bath Road
Longford, Middlesex UB7 0EW
United Kingdom

* All of the listed subsidiaries are 100% wholly-owned subsidiaries of EFI.

** Doing Business As names above have been listed only where they differ from the name of the subsidiary.

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-11685, 33-88135, 333-40930, 333-49298, 333-85861, 333-106422, 333-110245, 333-112011, 333-113629, 333-116548, 333-125081, 333-130969, 333-136511, 333-147288 and 333-148197), 333-149503 and 333-156915, and Form S-3 (No. 333-108343) of Electronics For Imaging, Inc. of our report dated March 2, 2009, relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

/s/    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

March 2, 2009

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Guy Gecht, Chief Executive Officer, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual report on Form 10-K of Electronics For Imaging, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f), for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and;

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.

Date: March 2, 2009	/S/    GUY GECHT
	Guy Gecht
	Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, John Ritchie, Chief Financial Officer, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual report on Form 10-K of Electronics For Imaging, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f), for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and;

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.

Date: March 2, 2009	/S/    JOHN RITCHIE
	John Ritchie
	Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the accompanying Annual Report of Electronics For Imaging, Inc. (the “Company”), on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (the “Report”), I, Guy Gecht, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that: (1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

	/S/    GUY GECHT
Date: March 2, 2009	Guy Gecht, Chief Executive Officer

CERTIFICATION

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the accompanying Annual Report of Electronics For Imaging, Inc. (the “Company”), on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (the “Report”), I, John Ritchie, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that: (1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

	/S/    JOHN RITCHIE
Date: March 2, 2009	John Ritchie, Chief Financial Officer